Filed Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3)
Registration No. 333-260387

 

PROSPECTUS

SHAPEWAYS HOLDINGS, INC.

Up to 29,310,174 Shares of Common Stock

298,408 Warrants to Purchase Common Stock

 

 

This prospectus relates to the issuance by us of up to (i) 16,150,816 shares of our common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“common stock”) issuable upon the exercise of our publicly-traded warrants (the “Public Warrants”) and (ii) 2,259,184 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of private warrants (the “Private Warrants” and, together with the Public Warrants, the “Warrants”) originally issued to Galileo Founders Holdings, L.P. (the “Sponsor”).

This prospectus also relates to the resale or disposition from time to time by (a) the selling stockholders named in this prospectus or their permitted transferees (collectively, the “Selling Stockholders”) of up to 10,900,174 shares of our common stock, consisting of (i) up to 3,400,000 shares of our common stock (the “PIPE Shares”), issued in a private placement pursuant to the terms of separate Subscription Agreements (as defined below) in connection with the Business Combination (as defined below) and (ii) up to 7,800,174 shares of common stock (which includes 300,000 PIPE Shares) held by affiliates of Shapeways Holdings, Inc. (“Shapeways” or the “Company”) and (b) the selling warrantholders named in this prospectus or their permitted transferees (collectively, the “Selling Warrantholders” and together with the Selling Stockholders, the “Selling Securityholders”) of up to 298,408 Private Warrants held by affiliates of Shapeways that received Private Warrants in the Distribution.

The Selling Securityholders may offer, sell or distribute all or a portion of the shares of common stock or Private Warrants registered hereby publicly or through private transactions at prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices or as distributions in kind to their members, partners or stockholders pursuant to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part by delivering a prospectus with a plan of distribution. We provide more information about how the Selling Securityholders may sell the securities in the section entitled “Plan of Distribution.”

We will pay all fees and expenses and fees in connection with the registration of the common stock and the Private Warrants and will not receive proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock, Private Warrants by the Selling Securityholders. We will receive the proceeds from any exercise of any Warrants for cash.

Our common stock and Public Warrants are currently listed on the NYSE under the symbols “SHPW” and “SHPW WS,” respectively. On May 9, 2022, the closing price of our common stock was $1.66 and the closing price for our Public Warrants was $0.18.

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” under applicable federal securities laws and are subject to reduced public company reporting requirements.

INVESTING IN OUR SECURITIES INVOLVES RISKS THAT ARE DESCRIBED IN THE “RISK FACTORS” SECTION BEGINNING ON PAGE 10 OF THIS PROSPECTUS.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of the securities to be issued under this prospectus or determined if this prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

The date of this prospectus is May 10, 2022.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

     1  

FREQUENTLY USED TERMS

     2  

TRADEMARKS

     4  

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

     4  

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     5  

SUMMARY OF THE PROSPECTUS

     6  

THE OFFERING

     9  

RISK FACTORS

     10  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     34  

MARKET INFORMATION FOR SECURITIES AND DIVIDEND POLICY

     34  

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     35  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     39  

BUSINESS

     49  

MANAGEMENT

     61  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     67  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

     82  

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES

     85  

SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS

     87  

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

     89  

SECURITIES ACT RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE OF OUR SECURITIES

     93  

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     94  

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     98  

LEGAL MATTERS

     101  

EXPERTS

     101  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     102  

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1  

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. No one has been authorized to provide you with information that is different from that contained in this prospectus. This prospectus is dated as of the date set forth on the cover hereof. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than that date.

For investors outside the United States: We have not done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus.


ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

This prospectus is part of a registration statement on Form S-1 that we filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) using the “shelf” registration process. Under this shelf registration process, the Selling Securityholders may, from time to time, sell or otherwise distribute the securities offered by them as described in the section titled “Plan of Distribution” in this prospectus. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale by such Selling Securityholders of the securities offered by them described in this prospectus. This prospectus also relates to the issuance by us of the shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of any Warrants. We will receive the proceeds from any exercise of any Warrants for cash.

Neither we nor the Selling Securityholders have authorized anyone to provide you with any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or any applicable prospectus supplement or any free writing prospectuses prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. Neither we nor the Selling Securityholders take responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. Neither we nor the Selling Securityholders will make an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

We may also provide a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment to the registration statement to add information to, or update or change information contained in, this prospectus. You should read both this prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment to the registration statement together with the additional information to which we refer you in the sections of this prospectus entitled “Where You Can Find More Information.”

On September 29, 2021 (the “Closing Date”), we consummated the transactions contemplated by that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization, dated April 28, 2021 (the “Merger Agreement”), by and among Galileo Founders Holdings, L.P. (the “Sponsor”), Galileo Acquisition Corp., a Cayman Islands exempted company (“Galileo” and, after the Domestication (as defined below) “Shapeways”), Galileo Acquisition Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Galileo (“Merger Sub”), and Shapeways, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Legacy Shapeways”), whereby Merger Sub merged with and into Legacy Shapeways, the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub ceasing and Legacy Shapeways being the surviving corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Shapeways (the “Merger”).

Further, on the Closing Date, as contemplated by the Merger Agreement, Galileo filed a notice of deregistration with the Cayman Islands Registrar of Companies, together with the necessary accompanying documents, and filed a certificate of incorporation and a certificate of corporate domestication with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, under which Galileo was domesticated and continued as a Delaware corporation, changing its name to “Shapeways Holdings, Inc.” (the “Domestication” and, together with the Merger, the “Business Combination”).

The Business Combination has been accounted for as a reverse recapitalization, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (the “Reverse Recapitalization”). The consolidated assets, liabilities and results of operations prior to the Reverse Recapitalization presented in this prospectus are those of Legacy Shapeways.

 

1


FREQUENTLY USED TERMS

Board” means the board of directors of Shapeways.

Business Combination” means the business combination of Galileo with Legacy Shapeways pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement.

Bylaws” means the bylaws of Shapeways, dated as of the Closing Date.

Charter” means the certificate of incorporation of Shapeways, dated as of the Closing Date.

Closing” means the Domestication, the closing of the Merger and all of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement.

Closing Date” means September 29, 2021, the date on which the Closing occurred.

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

common stock” means the shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of Shapeways.

Company” means Shapeways Holdings, Inc.

DGCL” means the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended.

EBC” means EarlyBirdCapital, Inc.

EBC Warrants” means the warrants issued to EBC in a private placement simultaneously with the closing of the IPO.

Employment Agreements” mean the employment agreements with Greg Kress, Jennifer Walsh and Miko Levy.

ESPP” means the employee stock purchase plan of Shapeways.

Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

GAAP” means U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Galileo” means Galileo Acquisition Corp.

Incentive Plan” means the equity incentive plan of Shapeways.

Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

IPO” means Galileo’s initial public offering consummated on October 22, 2019.

JOBS Act” means the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012.

Legacy Shapeways” means Shapeways, Inc., a Delaware corporation, which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Shapeways.

Merger Agreement” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization, dated as of April 28, 2021, by and among Galileo, Sponsor, Merger Sub and Legacy Shapeways, as amended and supplemented from time to time.

Non-Competition Agreement” means the Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement among Galileo, Greg Kress and Legacy Shapeways, effective as of April 28, 2021.

NYSE” means the New York Stock Exchange.

PIPE Investment” means the purchase by the PIPE Investors of an aggregate of 7,500,000 shares of common stock at a purchase price of $10.00 per share and $75,000,000 in the aggregate.

PIPE Investors” means the investors that entered into subscription agreements with Galileo to purchase shares of common stock at a purchase price of $10.00 per share.

 

2


Private Warrants” means the warrants originally issued to the Sponsor in a private placement simultaneously with the closing of the IPO.

Public Warrants” means the redeemable warrants sold in the IPO (whether they were purchased in the IPO or thereafter in the open market).

Registration Rights Agreement” means the registration rights agreement entered into by certain securityholders of Shapeways that received common stock in connection with the Business Combination who became affiliates of Shapeways immediately after the Closing.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act” means the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended. “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Shapeways” means Shapeways Holdings, Inc.

Sponsor” means Galileo Founders Holdings, L.P.

Sponsor Forfeiture Letter” means the letter agreement, dated as of the date of the Merger Agreement, pursuant to which the Sponsor Agreed to forfeit 690,000 of the ordinary shares held by the Sponsor conditional upon the occurrence of the Business Combination.

Sponsor Note” means the convertible promissory note entered into by Galileo and its Sponsor on December 14, 2020, pursuant to which the Sponsor agreed to loan Galileo up to an aggregate principal amount of $500,000, which note was convertible at the option of the Sponsor into warrants with the same terms as the Private Warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant, and was converted into the Sponsor Warrants at Closing.

Sponsor Warrants” means the warrants issued to the Sponsor upon the conversion of the Sponsor Note.

Subscription Agreements” means, collectively, the Subscription Agreements entered into simultaneously with the Merger Agreement between Galileo and each of the PIPE Investors, pursuant to which the PIPE Investors agreed to purchase shares of Galileo in the PIPE Investment, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein.

Transactions” means the transactions consummated by the Business Combination.

Transaction Bonus RSUs” means the fully vested restricted stock units to be granted pursuant to the Incentive Plan to certain Shapeways employees within thirty (30) days of the Closing in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement.

Trust” or “Trust Account” means the Trust Account in which net proceeds from the sale of units in the IPO and the sale of Private Placement Warrants were placed following the closing of the IPO pursuant to the Trust Agreement in accordance with the IPO Prospectus.

Trust Agreement” means the Investment Management Trust Agreement, dated as of October 17, 2019, by and between Galileo and the Trustee, as well as any other agreements entered into related to or governing the Trust Account, as may be amended or modified.

Trustee” means Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, in its capacity as trustee under the Trust Agreement.

US Dollars” and “Dollars” and “$” mean to the legal currency of the United States.

U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of common stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes: an individual citizen or resident of the United States; (b) a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation) that is created or organized (or treated as created or organized) in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; (c) an estate whose income is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or (d) a trust if (i) a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more U.S. persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (ii) it has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S.

 

3


Warrants” means the Public Warrants and the Private Warrants.

Warrant Agent” means Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, in its capacity as warrant agent under the Warrant Agreement.

Warrant Agreement” means the Warrant Agreement, dated as of October 17, 2019, between Galileo and the Warrant Agent.

TRADEMARKS

This prospectus contains trademarks, service marks, copyrights and trade names of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trademarks, copyrights or trade names to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by any other companies. Solely for convenience, our trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names.

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus includes industry position and industry data and forecasts that Shapeways obtained or derived from internal company reports, independent third party publications and other industry data. Some data are also based on good faith estimates, which are derived from internal company analyses or review of internal company reports as well as the independent sources referred to above.

Although Shapeways believes that the information on which it has based these estimates of industry position and industry data are generally reliable, the accuracy and completeness of this information is not guaranteed and Shapeways has not independently verified any of the data from third-party sources nor have they ascertained the underlying economic assumptions relied upon therein. Statements as to industry position are based on market data currently available. While Shapeways is not aware of any misstatements regarding the industry data presented herein, these estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.

 

4


CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act. These forward-looking statements include, among other things, statements about the anticipated benefits of the Business Combination, the financial conditions, results of operations, earnings outlook and prospects of Shapeways. In addition, any statements that refer to projections, forecasts or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words such as “plan,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “outlook,” “estimate,” “forecast,” “project,” “continue,” “could,” “may,” “might,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “should,” “would,” “will,” “seek,” “target,” and other similar words and expressions, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking.

The forward-looking statements are based on information available as of the date of this Registration Statement and on the current expectations, forecasts and assumptions of the management of Shapeways, involve a number of judgments, risks and uncertainties and are inherently subject to changes in circumstances and their potential effects and speak only as of the date of such statements. There can be no assurance that future developments will be those that have been anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed, contemplated or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those factors described in “Risk Factors,” and the following:

 

   

Actual results may vary from expectations regarding (and Shapeways’ ability to meet expectations regarding) Shapeways’ strategies and future performance, including Shapeways’ future business plans or objectives and its ability to invest in growth initiatives.

 

   

Shapeways has a history of losses and may not maintain profitability in the future.

 

   

Shapeways faces significant competition and expects to face increasing competition in many aspects of its business, which could cause its operating results to suffer.

 

   

The digital manufacturing industry is a relatively new and emerging market and it is uncertain whether it will gain widespread acceptance.

 

   

If Shapeways fails to grow its business as anticipated, revenues and gross margin will be adversely affected.

 

   

The effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on the Company’s business and the actions Shapeways may take in response thereto.

 

   

Supply chain disruptions, which may be exacerbated by the continuing COVID-19 pandemic or the conflict between Russia and Ukraine.

 

   

Expectations regarding the time during which the Company will be an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act.

 

   

Other risks and uncertainties set forth under the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 10 of this prospectus.

Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of the assumptions made by the management of Shapeways prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in or contemplated by these forward-looking statements.

Except to the extent required by applicable law or regulation, Shapeways undertakes no obligation to update these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this Registration Statement or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 

5


SUMMARY OF THE PROSPECTUS

This summary highlights selected information from this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that is important to you in making an investment decision. This summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information included in this prospectus. Before making your investment decision with respect to our securities, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including the information under “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to “we,” “our,” “us,” “Company,” or “Shapeways” refers to Shapeways Holdings, Inc.

Shapeways

Shapeways is a leading digital manufacturer combining high-quality, flexible on-demand manufacturing with purpose-built proprietary software to offer customers an end-to-end digital manufacturing platform on which they can rapidly transform digital designs into physical products. Shapeways’ manufacturing platform offers customers access to high-quality manufacturing from start to finish through automation, innovation and digitization. Shapeways’ proprietary software, wide selection of materials and technologies, and global supply chain aim to lower manufacturing barriers and accelerate delivery of items customers need manufactured from prototypes to finished parts. Shapeways combines deep digital manufacturing know- how and software expertise to deliver high-quality, flexible on-demand digital manufacturing to a range of customers, from project-focused engineers to large enterprises.

Shapeways is located at 30-02 48th Avenue, Long Island City, NY 11101 and its phone number is (646) 979-9885.

The Business Combination

On the Closing Date, we consummated the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, by and among the Sponsor, Galileo (after the Domestication, Shapeways), Merger Sub and Legacy Shapeways, whereby Merger Sub merged with and into Legacy Shapeways, the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub ceasing and Legacy Shapeways being the surviving corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Shapeways.

Further, on the Closing Date, as contemplated by the Merger Agreement, Galileo filed a notice of deregistration with the Cayman Islands Registrar of Companies, together with the necessary accompanying documents, and filed a certificate of incorporation and a certificate of corporate domestication with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, under which Galileo was domesticated and continued as a Delaware corporation, changing its name to “Shapeways Holdings, Inc.”

Concurrently with the execution of the Merger Agreement, Galileo entered into Subscription Agreements with the PIPE Investors. Pursuant to the Subscription Agreements, the PIPE Investors agreed to subscribe for and purchase, and Galileo agreed to issue and sell to such investors an aggregate of 7,500,000 shares of common stock for a purchase price of $10.00 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of $75,000,000. At the Closing, the PIPE Investment was consummated.

Channels for Disclosure of Information

Investors, the media, and others should note that we announce material information to the public through filings with the SEC, the investor relations page on our website, blog posts on our website, press releases, public conference calls, webcasts, and our twitter feed (@shapeways).

The information disclosed by the foregoing channels could be deemed to be material information. As such, we encourage investors, the media, and others to follow the channels listed above and to review the information disclosed through such channels.

Any updates to the list of disclosure channels through which we will announce information will be posted on the investor relations page on our website.

 

6


Emerging Growth Company

Shapeways is an “emerging growth company,” as defined under the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, Shapeways is eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These include, but are not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and the requirement to obtain stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Shapeways has elected to take advantage of such extended transition period. Shapeways will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) December 31, 2025 (the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the consummation of Galileo’s initial public offering), (2) the last day of the fiscal year in which Shapeways has total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, (3) the last day of the fiscal year in which Shapeways is deemed to be a “large accelerated filer,” as defined in the Exchange Act, and (4) the date on which Shapeways has issued more than $1.0 billion in nonconvertible debt during the prior three-year period.

Risk Factors and Risk Factor Summary

Investing in our securities involves risk. You should carefully consider the risks described in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 10 before making a decision to invest in our common stock. If any of these risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition and results of operations would likely be materially adversely affected. In such case the trading price of our securities would likely decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. Set forth below is a summary of some of the principal risks associated with Shapeways:

 

   

We have a history of losses and may not maintain profitability in the future.

 

   

We face significant competition and expect to face increasing competition in many aspects of our business, which could cause our operating results to suffer.

 

   

The digital manufacturing industry is a relatively new and emerging market and it is uncertain whether it will gain widespread acceptance.

 

   

We derive a significant portion of our revenue from business conducted outside the United States and are subject to the risk of doing business outside the United States.

 

   

If we fail to grow our business as anticipated, our revenues, gross margin, and operating margin will be adversely affected.

 

   

If our new and existing solutions and software do not achieve sufficient market acceptance, our financial results and competitive position will decline.

 

   

Our attempts to expand our business into new markets and geographies may not be successful.

 

   

An active, liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop, which may limit your ability to sell your shares.

 

   

Our issuance of additional shares of common stock or convertible securities may dilute your ownership of us and could adversely affect our stock price.

 

   

Future sales, or the perception of future sales, of our common stock by us or our existing stockholders in the public market could cause the market price for our common stock to decline.

 

   

Our operating results and financial condition may fluctuate on a quarterly and annual basis.

 

   

Our stock price may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance. You may lose some or all of your investment.

 

   

If securities or industry analysts publish inaccurate or unfavorable research or reports about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

 

7


   

Failure to attract, integrate and retain additional personnel in the future, could harm our business and negatively affect our ability to successfully grow our business.

 

   

Interruptions to or other problems with our website user interface, information technology systems, manufacturing processes, or other operations could damage our reputation and brand and substantially harm our business and results of operations.

 

   

As part of our growth strategy, we may acquire or make investments in other businesses, patents, technologies, products, or services. We may not realize the anticipated benefits of such investments and integration of these investments may disrupt our business and divert management attention.

 

   

The loss of one or more key members of our management team or personnel could harm our business.

 

   

We may not timely and effectively scale and adapt our platform, processes, and infrastructure across materials, technologies, markets and software to expand our business.

 

   

Our actual results may be significantly different from our projections, estimates, targets, or forecasts.

 

8


THE OFFERING

 

Issuer    Shapeways Holdings, Inc.
Issuance of Common Stock   
Shares of Common Stock Offered by Us    16,150,816 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of Public Warrants.
   2,259,184 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of Private Warrants.

Shares of Common Stock Outstanding Following the Exercise of Warrants

   67,255,706 shares, assuming all Warrants are exercised for cash.
Exercise Price of the Warrants    $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as described herein.
Use of Proceeds    We will receive proceeds equal to the aggregate exercise price from any exercises of the Warrants, assuming the exercise of the Warrants for cash. The amount of such cash proceeds, if any, will depend on the prevailing market price of our common stock. The exercise price for any of our Public Warrants and our Private Warrants is $11.50 per share, subject to certain specified adjustments. To the extent that the market price of our common stock exceeds $11.50 per share, it is more likely that warrantholders will exercise their warrants. If the market price of our common stock is less than $11.50 per share, it is less likely that warrantholders will exercise their warrants. We expect to use the net proceeds from the exercise of the Warrants for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses and capital expenditures. See “Use of Proceeds.”
Resale of Common Stock   

Common Stock Offered by the Selling Stockholders

   Up to 10,900,174 shares.
Use of Proceeds    We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock by the Selling Stockholders.
Resale of Warrants   

Warrants Offered by the Selling Warrantholders

   Up to 298,408 Private Warrants.
Use of Proceeds    We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the Private Warrants by the Selling Warrantholders.

Market for Our Shares of Common Stock and Warrants

   Our common stock and Public Warrants are listed on the NYSE under the symbol “SHPW” and “SHPW WS,” respectively.
Risk Factors    Any investment in the securities offered hereby is speculative and involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the information set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

9


RISK FACTORS

The value of your investment will be subject to significant risks affecting, among other things, Shapeways’ business, financial condition and results of operations. If any of the events described below occur, Shapeways’ business and financial results could be adversely affected in material respects. This could result in a decline, which may be significant, in the trading price of Shapeways’ securities and you therefore may lose all or part of your investment. The risk factors described below are not necessarily exhaustive and you are encouraged to perform your own investigation with respect to the businesses of Shapeways.

Risks Related to Our Business

We have a history of losses and may not maintain profitability in the future.

We experienced net income of $1.8 million and net loss of $(3.2) million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. As of December 31, 2021, we had an accumulated deficit of $112.8 million. We believe we may incur operating losses and negative cash flow in the near-term as we continue to invest significantly in our business, in particular in new printing hardware and materials, and sales and marketing programs. These investments may not result in increased revenue or growth in our business.

We may incur significant losses in the future for a number of reasons, including due to the other risks described in this prospectus and we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications and delays and other unknown events. As a result, our losses may be larger than anticipated, we may incur significant losses for the foreseeable future, and we may not achieve or maintain profitability when expected, or at all. Revenue growth and growth in our customer base may not be sustainable, and we may not achieve sufficient revenue to achieve or maintain profitability. If our future growth and operating performance fail to meet investor or analyst expectations, or if we have future negative cash flow or losses resulting from our investment in acquiring customers or expanding our operations, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We face significant competition and expect to face increasing competition in many aspects of our business, which could cause our operating results to suffer.

The digital manufacturing industry in which we operate is fragmented and competitive. We compete for customers with a wide variety of manufacturers, including those that use digital manufacturing and/or 3D printing equipment. Exclusivity arrangements in the digital manufacturing industry are uncommon; we have few exclusivity arrangements with our customers. Some of our existing and potential competitors are researching, designing, developing, and marketing other types of offerings that may render our existing or future services obsolete, uneconomical or less competitive. Existing and potential competitors may also have substantially greater financial, technical, marketing and sales, manufacturing, distribution, and other resources than we do, including name recognition, as well as experience and expertise in intellectual property rights and operating within certain international markets, any of which may enable them to compete effectively against us. For example, a number of companies that have substantial resources have announced that they are beginning digital manufacturing initiatives, which will further enhance the competition we face.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain our current position or continue to compete successfully against current and future sources of competition. If we do not keep pace with technological change, demand for our offerings may decline, and our operating results may suffer.

The digital manufacturing industry is a relatively new and emerging market and it is uncertain whether it will gain widespread acceptance.

The emergence of the digital manufacturing industry is a relatively recent development, and the industry is characterized by rapid technological change. We have encountered and will continue to encounter challenges experienced by growing companies in a market subject to rapid innovation and technological change. While we intend to invest substantial resources to remain on the forefront of technological development, continuing advances in digital manufacturing technology, changes in customer requirements and preferences, and the emergence of new standards, regulations, and certifications could adversely affect adoption of our products either generally or for particular applications. If the digital manufacturing industry does not gain widespread acceptance, our business will be adversely affected.

 

10


If we fail to grow our business as anticipated, our revenues, gross margin, and operating margin will be adversely affected.

Over the next several years we will attempt to grow our business substantially. To this end, we have made, and expect to continue to make, significant investments in our business, including investments in our infrastructure, technology, marketing, and sales efforts. These investments include dedicated facilities expansion and increased staffing, both domestic and international. If our business does not generate the level of revenue required to support our investment, our revenues and profitability will be adversely affected.

Our ability to effectively manage our growth will also require us to enhance our operational, financial, and management controls and infrastructure, human resources policies, and reporting systems. These will require significant investments in additional headcount and other operating expenditures and allocation of valuable management and employee resources. Our future financial performance and our ability to execute on our business plan will depend, in part, on our ability to effectively manage any future growth and expansion. There are no guarantees we will be able to do so in an efficient or timely manner, or at all.

If our new and existing solutions and software do not achieve sufficient market acceptance, our financial results and competitive position will decline.

We launched our software under the brand “Powered by Shapeways” in 2020 to a limited set of design customers and launched the first phase of this offering more broadly under the brand “Otto” in October 2021. We plan to roll out further phases of this software over the next two years. We have not derived significant revenue from sales of our software to date, and we may never be successful in doing so. If our software offerings do not achieve widespread acceptance, if our rollouts do not advance on the expected timeframe, or if there is lower than anticipated demand for our software caused by a lack of customer acceptance, technological challenges, weakening economic conditions, security or privacy concerns, competing technologies and products, decreases in corporate spending, or otherwise, our business could be adversely affected.

Our attempts to expand our business into new markets and geographies may not be successful.

We seek to grow our business through, among other things, expanding our digital manufacturing capabilities into new markets and expanding our offerings into new geographies, including through acquisitions. Our efforts to expand our offerings into new markets, including industrial, medical, automotive, and aerospace markets, and new geographies may not succeed. These attempts to expand our business increase the complexity of our business, require significant levels of investment, and can strain our management, personnel, operations, and systems. There can be no assurance that these business expansion efforts will develop as anticipated or that we will succeed, and if we do not, we may be unable to recover our investment, which could adversely impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We may be unable to consistently manufacture our customers’ designs to the necessary specifications or in quantities necessary to meet demand at an acceptable cost or at an acceptable performance level and this could adversely affect our service availability, delivery, reliability, and cost.

As we continue to grow and introduce new materials and as our customers’ designs become increasingly sophisticated, it will become more difficult to provide products in the necessary quantities to meet customer expectations. We cannot assure you that we or our third-party manufacturers will be able to continue to consistently achieve the product specifications and quality that our customers expect. Any future unforeseen manufacturing problems, such as equipment malfunctions, aging components, component obsolescence, business continuity issues, quality issues with components and materials sourced from third party suppliers, or failures to strictly follow procedures or meet specifications, may have a material adverse effect on our brand, business, financial condition, and operating results. Furthermore, we or our third-party manufacturers may not be able to increase manufacturing to meet anticipated demand or may experience downtime or fail to timely deliver manufactured products to customers. If we fail to meet contractual terms with our customers, including terms related to time of delivery and performance specifications, we may be required to replace defective products and may become liable for damages, even if manufacturing or delivery was outsourced.

 

11


Our commercial contracts generally contain product warranties and limitations on liability and we carry liability insurance. However, commercial terms and our insurance coverage may not be adequate or available to protect our company in all circumstances, and we might not be able to maintain adequate insurance coverage for our business in the future at an acceptable cost. Any liability claim against us that is not covered by adequate insurance could adversely affect our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

Our success depends on our ability to deliver services that meet the needs of customers and to effectively respond to changes in our industry.

Our business may be affected by rapid technological change, changes in user and customer requirements and preferences, frequent new product and service introductions by our competitors, and the emergence of new technologies, any of which could render our existing and proposed offerings and proprietary technology obsolete. Accordingly, our ongoing research and development programs are intended to enable us to maintain technological leadership. Furthermore, in order to enable continuous deep integrations with our customers, we must continually update our platform so that it can interoperate with other software and systems used by our customers. We believe that to remain competitive we must continually enhance and improve the functionality and features of our services and technologies. However, there is a risk that we may not be able to:

 

   

Develop or obtain leading technologies useful in our business;

 

   

Enhance our existing software products;

 

   

Develop new services and technologies that address the increasingly sophisticated and varied needs of prospective customers, particularly in the area of materials diversity;

 

   

Respond to technological advances and emerging industry standards and practices on a cost-effective and timely basis;

 

   

Successfully manage frequent introductions and transitions of technology and software; or

 

   

Recruit or retain key technology employees.

If we are unable to meet changing technology and customer needs, or if we fail to successfully integrate new and upgraded software, our competitive position, revenue, results of operations, and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Failure to attract, integrate and retain additional personnel in the future could harm our business and negatively affect our ability to successfully grow our business.

To support the continued growth of our business, we must effectively recruit, hire, integrate, develop, motivate, and retain additional new employees. High demand exists for senior management and other key personnel (including technical, engineering, product, finance, and sales personnel) in the digital manufacturing industry, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to retain our current key personnel. We experience intense competition for qualified personnel and some of our competitors for these employees have greater resources and more experience, making it difficult for us to compete successfully for key personnel. Moreover, new employees may not become as productive as we expect since we may face challenges in adequately integrating them into our workforce and culture. If we cannot attract and retain sufficiently qualified technical employees for our research and development activities, as well as experienced sales and marketing personnel, we may be unable to develop and commercialize new offerings or new applications for existing offerings. Furthermore, possible shortages of key personnel, including engineers, in the regions surrounding our facilities could require us to pay more to hire and retain key personnel, thereby increasing our costs.

All of our U.S. employees are at-will employees, meaning that they may terminate their employment relationship with us at any time, and their knowledge of our business and industry would be extremely difficult to replace. We generally enter into non-competition agreements with our employees. These agreements prohibit our employees from competing directly with us or working for our competitors or clients while they work for us, and in some cases, for a limited period after they cease working for us. We may be unable to enforce these agreements under the laws of the jurisdictions in which our employees work and it may be difficult for us to restrict our competitors from benefiting from the expertise that our former employees or consultants developed while working for us. If we cannot demonstrate that our legally protectable interests will be harmed, we may be unable to prevent our competitors from benefiting from the expertise of our former employees or consultants and our ability to remain competitive may be diminished.

 

12


Changes in the mix of the offerings we provide may impact our gross margins and financial performance.

Our financial performance may be affected by the mix of offerings we sell during a given period, and we may experience significant quarterly fluctuations in revenues, gross profit margins, or operating income or loss due to the impact of the mix of offerings, channels, or geographic areas in which we sell our offerings. Our offerings are sold, and will continue to be sold, at different price points. Sales of certain of our offerings have, or are expected to have, higher gross margins than others. If our offerings mix shifts into lower gross margin offerings, and we are not able to sufficiently reduce the engineering, production, and other costs associated with those offerings or substantially increase the sales of our higher gross margin offerings, our profitability could be reduced. In addition, the introduction of new products or services may further heighten quarterly fluctuations in gross profit and gross profit margins due to manufacturing ramp-up and start-up costs.

We may experience significant delays in the roll out of our digital manufacturing solutions, and we may be unable to successfully commercialize manufacturing solutions on our planned timelines.

Some of our digital manufacturing solutions have not been widely released, including our planned “gray-label” platform offering. There are often delays in the testing, manufacture, and commercial release of new solutions, and any delay in the process could materially damage our brand, business, growth prospects, financial condition, and operating results. Even if we successfully complete the testing of new solutions, they may not achieve widespread commercial success for a number of reasons, including:

 

   

misalignment between the solutions and customer needs;

 

   

lack of innovation of the solutions;

 

   

failure of the solutions to perform in accordance with the customer’s industry standards;

 

   

ineffective distribution and marketing;

 

   

delay in obtaining any required regulatory approvals;

 

   

unexpected production costs; or

 

   

release of competitive products.

We may not timely and effectively scale and adapt our platform, processes, and infrastructure across materials, technologies, markets, and software, to expand our business.

A key element to our growth strategy is the ability to scale our existing platform quickly and efficiently across different materials, technologies, and other applications. This will require us to timely and effectively scale and adapt our existing platform, technology, processes, and infrastructure to expand our business. We recently began offering software as a service and plan to roll out further software capabilities over the next few years, but may not succeed in doing so. Similarly, our manufacturing technology may not enable us to process the large numbers of unique designs and efficiently manufacture the related parts in a timely fashion to meet the needs of customers as our business continues to grow. We may not succeed in scaling our business, and any failure in our ability to timely and effectively scale our platform, technology, processes, and infrastructure could damage our reputation and brand, result in lost revenue, and otherwise substantially harm our business and results of operations.

We rely on our collaborations and commercial agreements with third-party additive manufacturing hardware and material providers for many of our manufacturing solutions.

Our ability to deliver manufacturing solutions to our customers and expand our manufacturing capabilities that include new hardware technologies and materials such as industrial metals, is dependent on obtaining digital manufacturing hardware and materials from third-party manufacturers. Delays in readiness, capabilities and

 

13


availability of technologies, hardware and materials may limit our ability to provide manufacturing capabilities to our customers according to our plan. We have historically focused on manufacturing for customers needing products based in polymers, launching new technologies and materials will require new skills, time, and inherent risks. The success of our business may also depend, in part, on the performance and operations of third-party digital manufacturing hardware and material providers and their suppliers, over which we do not have control. We cannot assure you that our efforts in securing collaboration and commercial relationships will be successful or that we will achieve the anticipated benefits of our collaboration.

Our failure to meet our customers’ speed and quality expectations would adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We believe many of our customers are facing increased pressure from global competitors to be first to market with their finished products, often resulting in a need for quick turnaround of custom parts. We believe our ability to quickly quote, manufacture, and ship high-quality custom parts has been an important factor in our results to date. There are no guarantees we will be able to meet customers’ increasing expectations regarding quick turnaround time and quality, especially as we increase the scope of our operations. If we fail to meet our customers’ expectations in any given period, our business and results of operations will likely be adversely affected.

Our customers are often price sensitive and if our pricing algorithm produces pricing that fails to meet our customers’ price expectations or insufficiently accounts for our costs to deliver our offerings, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.

Demand for our services is sensitive to price. We believe our competitive pricing has been an important factor in our results to date. Therefore, changes in our pricing strategies can have a significant impact on our business and ability to generate revenue. Many factors, including our production and personnel costs and our competitors’ pricing and marketing strategies, can significantly impact our pricing strategies. We use algorithms to determine how to price customer orders. We may encounter technical obstacles, and it is possible that we may discover additional problems that prevent our proprietary algorithms from operating properly.

If we fail to meet our customers’ price expectations in any given period, demand for our offerings could decline. If our pricing algorithms do not function reliably, we may incorrectly price offerings for our customers, which could result in loss and cancellation of orders and customer dissatisfaction or cause projects to lose money.

Any of these events could result in a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Sales efforts to large customers involve risks that may not be present or that are present to a lesser extent with respect to sales to smaller organizations.

Sales to large customers involve risks that may not be present or that are present to a lesser extent with sales to smaller organizations, such as longer sales cycles, more complex customer requirements, substantial upfront sales costs, less predictability in completing some of our sales, and extended payment terms. A number of factors influence the length and variability of our sales cycle, including the need to educate potential customers about the uses and benefits of our platform, the lengthier amount of time for large customers to evaluate and test our platform prior to making a purchase decision and placing an order, the discretionary nature of purchasing and budget cycles, and the competitive nature of evaluation and purchasing approval processes. As a result, the length of our sales cycle, from identification of the opportunity to deal closure, may vary significantly from customer to customer, with sales to large enterprises typically taking longer to complete. Moreover, larger organizations may demand more customization, which would increase our upfront investment in the sales effort with no guarantee that these customers will deploy our products widely enough across their organization to justify our substantial upfront investment. A portion of these customers may purchase our services on payment terms, requiring us to assume a credit risk for non-payment in the ordinary course of business. If we fail to effectively manage these risks associated with sales to large customers, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be affected.

 

14


We derive a significant portion of our revenue from business conducted outside the United States and are subject to the risk of doing business outside the United States.

We manufacture offerings for customers in more than 175 countries around the world, and we derive a substantial percentage of our sales from these international markets. We also operate manufacturing facilities in the United States and the Netherlands, have supply chain partners that extend internationally, and deliver to customers in over 16 countries. In 2021, we derived approximately 38% of our revenues from countries outside the United States. Accordingly, we face significant operational risks from doing business internationally.

Risks and uncertainties we face from our global operations include:

 

   

difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;

 

   

limited protection for the enforcement of contract and intellectual property rights in certain countries where we may sell our offerings or work with suppliers or other third parties;

 

   

potentially longer sales and payment cycles and potentially greater difficulties in collecting accounts receivable;

 

   

foreign currency exchange risk;

 

   

costs and difficulties of customizing offerings for foreign countries;

 

   

challenges in providing solutions across a significant distance, in different languages, and among different cultures;

 

   

laws and business practices favoring local competition;

 

   

being subject to a wide variety of complex foreign laws, treaties, and regulations and adjusting to any unexpected changes in such laws, treaties, and regulations;

 

   

specific and significant regulations, including the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR, which imposes compliance obligations on companies who possess and use data of EU residents;

 

   

uncertainty and resultant political, financial and market instability arising from the United Kingdom’s exit from the European Union;

 

   

compliance with U.S. laws affecting activities of U.S. companies abroad, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act;

 

   

tariffs, trade barriers, sanctions, and other regulatory or contractual limitations on our ability to sell or develop our offerings in certain foreign markets;

 

   

operating in countries with a higher incidence of corruption and fraudulent business practices;

 

   

changes in regulatory requirements, including export controls, tariffs and embargoes, other trade restrictions, competition, corporate practices, and data privacy concerns;

 

   

supply chain disruptions, which may be exacerbated by the conflict between Russia and Ukraine and the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic;

 

   

potential adverse tax consequences arising from global operations;

 

   

seasonal reductions in business activity in certain parts of the world, particularly during the summer months in Europe;

 

   

rapid changes in government, economic, and political policies and conditions; and

 

   

political or civil unrest or instability, regional or larger scale conflicts or geo-political actions, including war or other military conflicts, terrorism or epidemics, and other similar outbreaks or events.

 

15


In addition, digital manufacturing has been identified by the U.S. government as an emerging technology and is currently being further evaluated for national security impacts. We expect additional regulatory changes to be implemented that will result in increased and/or new export controls related to digital manufacturing technologies and related materials and software. These changes, if implemented, may result in our being required to obtain additional approvals to deliver our services in the global market.

Our failure to effectively manage the risks and uncertainties associated with our global operations could limit the future growth of our business and adversely affect our business and operating results.

Our growth strategy includes exploring strategic partnerships, and we may not be able to establish or maintain such strategic partnerships on terms favorable to us or at all.

Our growth strategy includes exploring strategic partnerships in order to maximize our potential. On March 26, 2021, we entered into a non-binding Memorandum of Understanding (“MOU”) with Desktop Metal, to establish a multi-year strategic commercial partnership. Pursuant to our MOU, Desktop Metal agreed to invest $20.0 million in the PIPE Investment. In connection with this investment, we were obligated to purchase $20.0 million of equipment, materials and services from Desktop Metal. As of December 31, 2021, we paid $4.5 million to Desktop Metal for equipment, materials and services received, and placed purchase orders for another $15.5 million of equipment, materials and services. While we have no further obligations under the MOU, we have entered into a strategic partnership with Desktop Metal to gain access to Desktop Metal’s additive manufacturing hardware technology, solutions and resources to accelerate our manufacturing capabilities to include an industrial metal offering. We expect this strategic partnership to benefit our customers and our business, however we cannot be certain if such strategic partnership will be commercially successful. Additionally, there is no definitive agreement setting forth the terms of this strategic partnership, and it could be altered or cancelled at any time by Desktop Metal, which could adversely affect our business.

We may require additional capital to support business growth, and this capital might not be available on acceptable terms, if at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital, our financial condition could be adversely affected and we may not be able to execute our growth strategy.

We intend to continue to make investments to support our business growth and may require additional funds to respond to business challenges and opportunities, including the need to develop new features or enhance our offerings, improve our operating infrastructure, or acquire complementary businesses and technologies. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds if our existing sources of cash and any funds generated from operations do not provide us with sufficient capital. If we raise funds through future issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. Any debt financing that we may secure in the future could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. We may not be able to obtain financing on terms favorable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges and opportunities could be significantly impaired, and our business may be adversely affected.

As part of our growth strategy, we may continue to acquire or make investments in other businesses, patents, technologies, products, or services. We may not realize the anticipated benefits of such investments and integration of these investments may disrupt our business and divert management attention.

Our business strategy includes growing our business through acquisitions. We may not be able to successfully identify attractive acquisition opportunities or consummate any such acquisitions if we cannot reach an agreement on commercially favorable terms, if we lack sufficient resources to finance the transaction on our own and cannot obtain financing at a reasonable cost, or if regulatory authorities prevent such transaction from being consummated. To date, we have consummated a limited number of immaterial acquisitions, and our relative lack of experience may adversely affect the success of future acquisitions. In addition, competition for acquisitions in the markets in which we operate during recent years has increased, and may continue to increase, which may result in an increase in the costs of acquisitions or cause us to refrain from making certain acquisitions.

 

16


If we do complete future acquisitions, we cannot assure you that they will ultimately strengthen our competitive position or that they will be viewed positively by customers, financial markets, or investors. Furthermore, acquisitions could pose numerous additional risks to our operations, including:

 

   

diversion of management’s attention from their day-to-day responsibilities;

 

   

unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with the acquisition;

 

   

incurrence of acquisition-related costs, which would be recognized as a current period expense;

 

   

problems integrating the purchased business, products or technologies;

 

   

challenges in achieving strategic objectives, cost savings and other anticipated benefits;

 

   

inability to maintain relationships with key customers, suppliers, vendors and other third parties on which the purchased business relies;

 

   

the difficulty of incorporating acquired technology and rights into our platform and of maintaining quality and security standards consistent with our brand;

 

   

difficulty in maintaining controls, procedures, and policies during the transition and integration;

 

   

challenges in integrating the new workforce and the potential loss of key employees, particularly those of the acquired business; and

 

   

use of substantial portions of our available cash or the incurrence of debt to consummate the acquisition.

If we proceed with a particular acquisition, we may have to use cash, issue new equity securities with dilutive effects on existing shareholders, incur indebtedness, assume contingent liabilities, or amortize assets or expenses in a manner that might have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Acquisitions will also require us to record certain acquisition-related costs and other items as current period expenses, which would have the effect of reducing our reported earnings in the period in which an acquisition is consummated. In addition, we could also face unknown liabilities or write-offs due to our acquisitions, which could result in a significant charge to our earnings in the period in which they occur. We will also be required to record goodwill or other long-lived asset impairment charges (if any) in the periods in which they occur, which could result in a significant charge to our earnings in any such period.

Achieving the expected returns and synergies from acquisitions will depend, in part, upon our ability to integrate the products and services, technology, administrative functions, and personnel of these businesses into our offering lines in an efficient and effective manner. We cannot assure you that we will be able to do so, that any acquired businesses will perform at the levels and on the timelines anticipated by our management, or that we will be able to obtain these synergies. In addition, acquired technologies and intellectual property may be rendered obsolete or uneconomical by our own or our competitors’ technological advances. Management resources may also be diverted from operating our existing businesses to certain acquisition integration challenges. If we are unable to successfully integrate acquired businesses, our anticipated revenues and profits may be lower. Our profit margins may also be lower, or diluted, following the acquisition of companies whose profit margins are less than those of our existing business.

Errors or defects in our software or products we manufacture could cause us to incur additional costs, lose revenue and business opportunities, damage our reputation and expose us to potential liability.

Sophisticated software and complex manufactured products may contain errors, defects, or other performance problems at any point in the life of the product. If errors or defects are discovered in our current or future software or in the products we manufacture for customers, we may not be able to correct them in a timely manner, or provide an adequate response to our customers. We may therefore need to expend significant financial, technical, and management resources, or divert some of our development resources, in order to resolve or work around those defects. We may also experience an increase in our service and warranty costs. Particularly in the medical sector, errors or defects in our software or products could lead to claims by patients against us and

 

17


our customers and expose us to lawsuits that may damage our and our customers’ reputations. Claims may be made by individuals or by classes of users. Our product liability and related insurance policies may not apply or sufficiently cover any product liability lawsuit that arises from defective software or products. Customers such as our collaboration partners may also seek indemnification for third party claims allegedly arising from breaches of warranties under our collaboration agreements.

Errors, defects or other performance problems in our software or products we manufacture may also result in the loss of, or delay in, the market acceptance of our platform and digital manufacturing services. Such difficulties could also cause us to lose customers and, particularly in the case of our largest customers, the potentially substantial associated revenue which would have been generated by our sales to companies participating in our customer’s supply chain. Technical problems, or the loss of a customer with a particularly important global reputation, could also damage our own business reputation and cause us to lose new business opportunities.

Workplace accidents or environmental damage could result in substantial remedial obligations and damage to our reputation.

Accidents or other incidents that occur at our manufacturing service centers and other facilities or involve our personnel or operations could result in claims for damages against us. In addition, in the event we are found to be financially responsible, as a result of environmental or other laws or by court order, for environmental damages alleged to have been caused by us or occurring on our premises, we could be required to pay substantial monetary damages or undertake expensive remedial obligations. The amount of any costs, including fines or damages payments that we might incur under such circumstances could substantially exceed any insurance we have to cover such losses. Any of these events, alone or in combination, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations and could adversely affect our reputation.

We depend on our largest customer for a substantial portion of our revenue.

Our largest customer accounted for approximately 23% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2021. Our future operating results will be affected by both the success of our largest customer and our success in diversifying our products and customer base. If demand for our largest customer’s products increases, our results are favorably impacted, while if demand for their products decreases, they may reduce their purchases of, or stop purchasing, our services and our operating results would suffer. While we currently have exclusivity arrangements for a limited time period with our largest customer with respect to such customer’s use of third parties for 3D printing, such exclusivity does not preclude the customer insourcing 3D printing capabilities or leveraging other technologies to manufacture their products, which may cause us to lose such customer’s business. The loss of our largest customer and failure to add new customers to replace lost revenue would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If our manufacturing facilities are disrupted, we may be unable to fulfill customer orders, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

We have manufacturing service centers in Eindhoven, the Netherlands and Long Island City, New York. If the operations of these facilities are materially disrupted, whether by fires or other industrial accidents, extreme weather, natural disasters, labor stoppages, acts of terror, war or other military conflict (such as the conflict between Russia and Ukraine), consequences owing to the COVID-19 pandemic, or otherwise, we would be unable to fulfill customer orders for the period of the disruption, we would not be able to recognize revenue on orders, we could suffer damage to our reputation, and we might need to modify our standard sales terms to secure the commitment of new customers during the period of the disruption and perhaps longer. Depending on the cause of the disruption, we could incur significant costs to remedy the disruption and resume operations. These delays could be lengthy and costly. If any of our third-party contract manufacturers’, suppliers’ or customers’ facilities are negatively impacted by such a disaster, production, shipment of products could also be delayed. Even if we are able to respond quickly to a disruption at our or any third-party facilities, the continued effects of the disaster could create uncertainty in our business operations.

 

18


We could experience unforeseen difficulties in building and operating key portions of our manufacturing infrastructure.

We have designed and built our own manufacturing operations and other key portions of our technical infrastructure through which we manufacture products for customers, and we plan to continue to expand the size of our infrastructure through expanding our digital manufacturing facilities. The infrastructure expansion we may undertake may be complex, and unanticipated delays in the completion of these projects or availability of materials may lead to increased project costs, operational inefficiencies, or interruptions in the delivery or degradation of the quality of our products.

Our business depends in part on our ability to process a large volume of new part designs from a diverse group of customers and successfully identifying significant opportunities for our business based on those submissions.

We believe the volume of new part designs we process and the size and diversity of our customer base give us valuable insight into the needs of our prospective customers. We utilize this industry knowledge to determine where we should focus our development resources. If the number of new part designs we process or the size and diversity of our customer base decrease, our ability to successfully identify significant opportunities for our business and meet the needs of current and prospective customers could be negatively impacted. In addition, even if we do continue to process a large number of new part designs and work with a significant and diverse customer base, there are no guarantees that any industry knowledge we extract from those interactions will be successfully utilized to help us identify significant business opportunities or better understand the needs of current and prospective customers.

Interruptions, delays in service or inability to increase capacity, including internationally, at third-party data center facilities could adversely affect our business and reputation.

Our business, brand, reputation, and ability to attract and retain customers depend upon the satisfactory performance, reliability, and availability of our platform, which in turn, with respect to our software as a service (“SaaS”) offering, Otto, depend upon the availability of the internet and our third-party service providers. We rely on third party data center facilities operated by Amazon Web Services (“AWS”) located in the United States to host our main servers. In addition to AWS, some of our services are housed in third-party data centers operated by Digital Realty in the United States and EcoRacks in Eindhoven. We do not control the operation of any of AWS’ data center hosting facilities, and they may be subject to damage or interruption from earthquakes, floods, fires, power loss, telecommunications failures, terrorist attacks, war or other military conflict, and similar events. They may also be subject to interruptions due to system failures, computer viruses, software errors, or subject to breaches of computer hardware and software security, break-ins, sabotage, intentional acts of vandalism, and similar misconduct. And while we rely on service level agreements with our hosting provider, if they do not properly maintain their infrastructure or if they incur unplanned outages, our customers may experience performance issues or unexpected interruptions and we may not meet our service level agreement terms with our customers. We have experienced, and expect that in the future we may experience interruptions, delays, and outages in service and availability from time to time due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, human or software errors, website hosting disruptions, and capacity constraints. These and other similar events beyond our control could negatively affect the use, functionality, or availability of our services.

Any damage to, or failure of, our systems, or those of our third-party providers, could interrupt or hinder the use or functionality of our services. Impairment of or interruptions in our services may reduce revenue, subject us to claims and litigation, cause customers to terminate their contracts, and adversely affect our ability to attract new customers. If we are forced to switch hosting facilities, we may not be successful in finding an alternative service provider on acceptable terms or in hosting the computer servers ourselves. Our business will also be harmed if customers and potential customers believe our services are unreliable.

Interruptions to or other problems with our website user interface, information technology systems, manufacturing processes, or other operations could damage our reputation and brand and substantially harm our business and results of operations.

The satisfactory performance, reliability, consistency, security, and availability of our websites and interactive user interface, information technology systems, manufacturing processes, and other operations are critical to our reputation and brand, and our ability to effectively service customers. Any interruptions or other problems that cause any of our websites, interactive user interface, or information technology systems to malfunction or be unavailable, or negatively impact our manufacturing processes or other operations, may damage our reputation and brand, result in lost revenue, cause us to incur significant costs seeking to remedy the problem, and otherwise substantially harm our business and results of operations.

 

19


A number of factors or events could cause such interruptions or problems, including among others: human and software errors, design faults, challenges associated with upgrades, changes or new facets of our business, power loss, telecommunication failures, fire, flood, extreme weather, political instability, acts of terrorism, war or other military conflict, break-ins and security breaches, contract disputes, labor strikes and other workforce related issues, capacity constraints due to an unusually large number of customers accessing our websites or ordering parts at the same time, and other similar events. In addition, due to the conflict between Russia and Ukraine, there is an increased likelihood that escalation of tensions could result in cyberattacks that could either directly or indirectly impact our operations. These risks are augmented by the fact that our customers come to us largely for our quick-turn manufacturing capabilities and that accessibility and turnaround speed are often of critical importance to these customers. We are dependent upon our facilities through which we satisfy all of our production demands and in which we house all of the computer hardware necessary to operate our websites and systems as well as managerial, customer service, sales, marketing, and other similar functions, and we have not identified alternatives to these facilities or established fully redundant systems in multiple locations. In addition, we are dependent in part on third parties for the implementation and maintenance of certain aspects of our communications and production systems, and therefore preventing, identifying, and rectifying problems with these aspects of our systems is to a large extent outside of our control.

Moreover, the business interruption insurance that we carry may not be sufficient to compensate us for the potentially significant losses, including the potential harm to the future growth of our business that may result from interruptions in our service as a result of system failures.

If we are unable to retain customers at existing levels, sell additional services to our existing customers, or attract new customers, our revenue growth will be adversely affected.

To increase our revenue, we must retain existing customers, convince them to expand their use of our solutions across their organizations and for a variety of use cases, and expand their purchasing on terms favorable to us. We may not meet our customers’ expectations. If we are not able to renew our agreements with existing customers or attract new business from existing customers on favorable terms, this could have an adverse effect on our business, revenue, gross margins, and other operating results. The rate at which our customers purchase new or enhanced solutions from us, as well as the expansion of use of our solutions across organizations, depend on a number of factors, including general economic conditions, customer specific conditions, competitive pricing, integration with existing technologies, and satisfaction and market acceptance of our platform generally. If our efforts to sell additional solutions to our customers are not successful, our business and growth prospects may suffer.

Additionally, our future revenue depends in part on our ability to turn our pipeline customers into actual customers. Pipeline customers may fail to accept our offerings, choose our competitors’ offerings, or otherwise not turn into customers. If we are not able to turn pipeline or other prospective customers into customers, or customers that provide significant revenues, our business and growth prospects could be adversely affected.

The loss of one or more key members of our management team or personnel could harm our business.

We believe our success has depended, and continues to depend, on the efforts and talents of our senior management and other key personnel, including, in particular, our executive officers. Our executive team is critical to the management of our business and operations, as well as to the development of our strategy. Members of our senior management team may resign at any time. The loss of the services of any members of our senior management team could delay or prevent the successful implementation of our strategy or our commercialization of new applications for our systems or other offerings, or could otherwise adversely affect our ability to manage our company effectively and carry out our business plan. There is no assurance that if any senior executive leaves in the future, we will be able to rapidly replace him or her and transition smoothly towards his or her successor, without any adverse impact on our operations.

In particular, the loss of the services of Greg Kress, our Chief Executive Officer, could severely damage our business and prospects for growth. Mr. Kress is subject to a non-competition agreement and a proprietary information and inventions agreement which include restrictive covenants. We cannot assure you that if Mr. Kress were to breach these restrictive covenants a court would enforce them and enjoin him from engaging in activities in violation thereof. The loss of Mr. Kress’ services could delay or prevent the successful implementation of our strategy or our commercialization of new applications for our systems or other offerings, or could otherwise adversely affect our ability to manage our company effectively and carry out our business plan, and consequently could have a materially adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

20


Our current levels of insurance may not be adequate for our potential liabilities.

We maintain insurance to cover our potential exposure for most claims and losses, including potential product and non-product related claims, lawsuits, and administrative proceedings seeking damages or other remedies arising out of our commercial operations. However, our insurance coverage is subject to various exclusions, self-retentions, and deductibles. We may be faced with types of liabilities that are not covered under our insurance policies, such as environmental contamination or terrorist attacks, or that exceed our policy limits. Even a partially uninsured claim of significant size, if successful, could have an adverse effect on our financial condition.

In addition, we may not be able to continue to obtain insurance coverage on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, and our existing policies may be cancelled or otherwise terminated by the insurer. Maintaining adequate insurance and successfully accessing insurance coverage that may be due for a claim can require a significant amount of our management’s time, and we may be forced to spend a substantial amount of money in that process.

The COVID-19 pandemic has adversely affected our business and results of operations. The duration and extent to which it will continue to adversely impact our business and results of operations remains uncertain and could be material.

The COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in a widespread public health crisis and numerous disease control measures being taken to limit its spread, including travel bans and restrictions, quarantines, shelter- in-place orders, and shutdowns. These measures have materially impacted and may impact our workforce and operations, the operations of our customers, and those of our respective vendors and suppliers. We have significant operations worldwide, including in the United States and Netherlands, and each of these geographies has been affected by the outbreak and its variants and has taken measures to try to contain it, resulting in disruptions at many of our manufacturing operations and facilities, and further disruptions could occur in the future and any such disruptions could materially adversely affect our business. The impact of the pandemic on our business has included and could in the future include:

 

   

disruptions to or restrictions on our ability to ensure the continuous provision of our manufacturing services and solutions;

 

   

temporary closures or reductions in operational capacity of our or third party manufacturing facilities;

 

   

reductions in our capacity utilization levels;

 

   

temporary closures of our direct and indirect suppliers, resulting in adverse effects to our supply chain, and other supply chain disruptions (which may be exacerbated by war or other military conflict), which adversely affect our ability to procure sufficient inventory to support customer orders;

 

   

temporary shortages of skilled employees available to staff manufacturing facilities due to shelter-in- place orders and travel restrictions within as well as into and out of countries;

 

   

restrictions or disruptions of transportation, such as reduced availability of air transport, port closures, and increased border controls or closures;

 

   

increases in operational expenses and other costs related to requirements implemented to mitigate the impact of the pandemic;

 

   

delays or limitations on the ability of our customers to perform or make timely payments;

 

   

reductions in short- and long-term demand for our manufacturing services and solutions, or other disruptions in technology buying patterns;

 

21


   

workforce disruptions due to illness, quarantines, governmental actions, other restrictions, and/or the social distancing measures we have taken to mitigate the impact of COVID-19 at our locations around the world in an effort to protect the health and well-being of our employees, customers, suppliers, and of the communities in which we operate (including working from home, restricting the number of employees attending events or meetings in person, limiting the number of people in our buildings and factories at any one time, further restricting access to our facilities and suspending employee travel); and

 

   

our management team continuing to commit significant time, attention, and resources to monitoring the COVID-19 pandemic and seeking to mitigate its effects on our business and workforce.

The global spread of COVID-19 and its variants also has created significant macroeconomic uncertainty, volatility, and disruption, which may adversely affect our and our customers’ and suppliers’ liquidity, cost of capital, and ability to access the capital markets. Even after the COVID-19 pandemic has subsided, we may continue to experience adverse impacts to our business as a result of the pandemic’s global economic impact, including any recession, economic downturn, government spending cuts, tightening of credit markets, or increased unemployment that has occurred or may occur in the future, which could cause our customers and potential customers to postpone or reduce spending on our manufacturing services and solutions.

Global economic conditions may harm our ability to do business, increase our costs and negatively affect our stock price.

Our performance depends on the financial health and strength of our customers, which in turn is dependent on the economic conditions of the markets in which we and our customers operate. The recent declines in the global economy, volatility in the financial services sector and credit markets, continuing geopolitical uncertainties, and other macroeconomic factors all affect the spending behavior of potential customers.

We also face risks from financial difficulties or other uncertainties experienced by our suppliers, distributors, or other third parties on which we rely. If third parties are unable to supply us with required materials or otherwise assist us in operating our business, our business could be harmed.

For example, the conflict between Russia and Ukraine and the possibility of a trade war between the United States and China may directly or indirectly impact our operations by increasing the cost of raw materials, finished products, or other materials used in our offerings and our ability to sell our offerings in Europe and China. Other changes in U.S. social, political, regulatory, and economic conditions or in laws and policies governing foreign trade, manufacturing, development, and investment could also adversely affect our business. We could experience interruptions in production due to the processing of customs formalities or reduced customer spending in the wake of weaker economic performance. If global economic conditions remain volatile for a prolonged period, our results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our actual results may be significantly different from our projections, estimates, targets, or forecasts.

Any projections, estimates, targets, and forecasts we may provide from time to time are forward-looking statements that are based on assumptions that are inherently subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. While all projections, estimates, targets and forecasts are necessarily speculative, we believe that the preparation of prospective financial information involves increasingly higher levels of uncertainty the further out the projection, estimate, target, or forecast extends from the date of preparation. The assumptions and estimates underlying the projected, expected, or target results are inherently uncertain and are subject to a wide variety of significant business, economic, regulatory and competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in such projections, estimates, targets and forecasts. Our projections, estimates, targets and forecast should not be regarded as an indication that Shapeways or its representatives, considered or consider the financial projections, estimates, targets to be a reliable prediction of future events.

 

22


Risks Related to Our Industry

If demand for our services does not grow as expected, or if market adoption of digital manufacturing does not continue to develop, or develops more slowly than expected, our revenues may stagnate or decline, and our business may be adversely affected.

The industrial manufacturing market, which today is dominated by conventional manufacturing processes that do not involve digital manufacturing technology, is undergoing a shift towards digital manufacturing. We may not be able to develop effective strategies to raise awareness among potential customers of the benefits of digital manufacturing technologies or our offerings may not address the specific needs or provide the level of functionality required by potential customers to encourage the continuation of this shift towards digital manufacturing. If digital manufacturing technology does not continue to gain broader market acceptance as an alternative to conventional manufacturing processes, or if the marketplace adopts digital manufacturing technologies developed by our competitors, we may not be able to increase or sustain the level of sales of our services, and our operating results would be adversely affected as a result.

We could face liability if our digital manufacturing solutions are used by our customers to print dangerous objects.

Customers may use our digital manufacturing systems to print parts that could be used in a harmful way or could otherwise be dangerous. For example, there have been news reports that 3D printers were used to print guns or other weapons. We have little, if any, control over what objects our customers print using our offerings, and it may be difficult, if not impossible, for us to monitor and prevent customers from printing weapons with our services. While we have never printed weapons on any printers in our offices, there can be no assurance that we will not be held liable if someone were injured or killed by a weapon printed by a customer using one of our offerings.

Risks Related to Intellectual Property and Infrastructure

We may incur substantial costs enforcing or acquiring intellectual property rights and defending against third-party claims as a result of litigation or other proceedings. Our failure to expand our intellectual property portfolio could adversely affect the growth of our business and results of operations.

We may incur substantial expense and costs in protecting, enforcing, and defending our intellectual property rights against third parties. Intellectual property disputes may be costly and can be disruptive to our business operations by diverting attention and energies of management and key technical personnel and by increasing our costs of doing business. Third-party intellectual property claims asserted against us could subject us to significant liabilities, require us to enter into royalty and licensing arrangements on unfavorable terms, prevent us from providing our services to our customers, subject us to injunctions prohibiting or restricting our sale of our services, or require us to redesign our services, causing severe disruptions to our operations or the marketplaces in which we compete or require us to satisfy indemnification commitments with our customers, including contractual provisions under various license arrangements. In addition, we may incur significant costs in acquiring the necessary third-party intellectual property rights for use in our offerings. Any of these could have an adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

Patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period of time until they are published, and the publication of discoveries in scientific or patent literature typically lags actual discoveries by several months or more. As a result, the nature of claims contained in unpublished patent filings around the world is unknown to us, and we cannot be certain that we were the first to conceive inventions covered by our patents or patent applications or that we were the first to file patent applications covering such inventions. Furthermore, it is not possible to know in which countries patent holders may choose to extend their filings under the Patent Cooperation Treaty or other mechanisms.

In addition, we may be subject to intellectual property infringement claims from individuals, vendors and other companies, including those that are in the business of asserting patents, but are not commercializing products or services in the field of digital manufacturing, or our customers may seek to invoke indemnification obligations to involve us in such intellectual property infringement claims. Furthermore, although we maintain certain procedures to screen items we manufacture on behalf of customers for infringement on the intellectual property rights of others, we cannot be certain that our procedures will be effective in preventing any such infringement. Any third-party lawsuits or other assertion to which we are subject, alleging infringement of trademarks, patents, trade secrets or other intellectual property rights either by us or by our customers may have a significant adverse effect on our financial condition.

 

23


We may not be able to adequately protect or enforce our intellectual property rights, which could impair our competitive position.

Our success and future revenue growth will depend, in part, on our ability to protect our intellectual property. We rely primarily on patents, licenses, trademarks, and trade secrets, as well as non-disclosure agreements and other methods, to protect our proprietary technologies and processes globally. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary technologies and processes, it is possible that competitors or other unauthorized third parties may obtain, copy, use, or disclose our technologies and processes or invent around our patents. We cannot assure you that any of our existing or future patents will not be challenged or invalidated in court or patent office proceedings that could be time-consuming, expensive, and distract us from the operating our business. In addition, competitors could circumvent our patents by inventing around them. As such, any rights granted under these patents may not provide us with meaningful protection. We may not be able to obtain foreign patents corresponding to our United States patents. Even if foreign patents are granted, effective enforcement in foreign countries may not be available. If our patents and other intellectual property do not adequately protect our technology, our competitors may be able to offer services similar to ours. Our competitors may also be able to develop similar technology independently or design around our patents. Any of the foregoing events would lead to increased competition and lower revenue or gross margin, which would adversely affect our business and results of operation.

Our digital manufacturing software contains third-party open-source software components. Our use of such open- source software may expose us to additional risks and harm our intellectual property and failure to comply with the terms of the underlying open-source software licenses could restrict our ability to sell our offerings.

Our digital manufacturing software contains components that are licensed under so-called “open source,” “free,” or other similar licenses. Open source software is made available to the general public on an “as-is” basis under the terms of a non-negotiable license. We currently combine our proprietary software with open source software, but not in a manner that we believe requires the release of the source code of our proprietary software to the public. We do not plan to integrate our proprietary software with open source software in ways that would require the release of the source code of our proprietary software to the public; however, our use and distribution of open source software may entail greater risks than use of third-party commercial software. Open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or other contractual protections regarding infringement claims or the quality of the code. In addition, if we combine our proprietary software with open source software in a certain manner, we could, under certain open source licenses, be required to release to the public or remove the source code of our proprietary software. In line with what we believe is standard practice among technology companies, we leverage open source software in the development in our internal software. Open source software is commonly used as a foundation which we develop upon, allowing us to customize the software based on our specific needs. This enables faster development of software, with higher quality, supported by a larger community of developers. We may also face claims alleging noncompliance with open source license terms or infringement or misappropriation of proprietary software. These claims could result in litigation, require us to purchase a costly license, or remove the software. In addition, if the license terms for open source software that we use change, we may be forced to re-engineer our solutions, incur additional costs, or discontinue the sale of our offerings if re-engineering could not be accomplished on a timely basis. Although we monitor our use of open source software to avoid subjecting our offerings to unintended conditions, there is a risk that these licenses could be construed in a way that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our offerings. We cannot guarantee that we have incorporated open source software in our software in a manner that will not subject us to liability or in a manner that is consistent with our current policies and procedures.

We store confidential customer information in our systems that, if breached or otherwise subjected to unauthorized access, may harm our reputation or brand or expose us to liability.

Our system stores, processes, and transmits our customers’ confidential information, including the intellectual property in their part designs, credit card information, and other sensitive data. We rely on encryption, authentication, and other technologies licensed from third parties, as well as administrative and physical safeguards, to secure such confidential information. Any compromise of our information security could damage our reputation and brand and expose us to a risk of loss, costly litigation, and liability that would substantially harm our business and operating results. We may not have adequately assessed the internal and external risks posed to the security of our company’s systems and information and may not have implemented adequate preventative safeguards or take adequate reactionary measures in the event of a security incident. In addition,

 

24


most states have enacted laws requiring companies to notify individuals and often state authorities of data security breaches involving their personal data. These mandatory disclosures regarding a security breach often lead to widespread negative publicity, which may cause our existing and prospective customers to lose confidence in the effectiveness of our data security measures. Any security breach, whether successful or not, would harm our reputation and brand and could cause the loss of customers.

A real or perceived defect, security vulnerability, error, or performance failure in our software or technical problems or disruptions caused by our third-party service providers could cause us to lose revenue, damage our reputation, and expose us to liability.

Our business relies on software products which are inherently complex and, despite extensive testing and quality control, have in the past and may in the future contain defects or errors, especially when first introduced, or otherwise not perform as contemplated. As the use of our platform expands, we may be subject to increased scrutiny, potential reputational risk, or potential liability should our software fail to perform as contemplated in such deployments. We have in the past and may in the future need to issue corrective releases of our software to fix these defects, errors, or performance failures and we may encounter technical problems when we attempt to perform routine maintenance or enhance our software, internal applications, and systems, which could require us to allocate significant research and development and customer support resources to address these problems and divert the focus of our management and research and development teams. See “Risks Related to Our Business Interruptions, delays in service or inability to increase capacity, including internationally, at third-party data center facilities could adversely affect our business and reputation.”

Any inefficiencies, security vulnerabilities, errors, defects, technical problems, or performance failures with our software, internal applications, and systems could reduce the quality of our services or interfere with our customers’ (and their users’) products, which could negatively impact our brand and reputation, reduce demand, lead to a loss of customers or revenue, adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition, increase our costs to resolve such issues, and subject us to financial penalties and liabilities under our service level agreements. Any limitation of liability provisions that may be contained in our customer agreements may not be effective as a result of existing or future applicable law or unfavorable judicial decisions. The sale and support of our software offering entails the risk of liability claims, which could be substantial in light of the use of our software offering in enterprise-wide environments. In addition, our insurance against this liability may not be adequate to cover a potential claim.

Risks Related to Our Legal and Regulatory Environment

We are subject to environmental, health, and safety laws and regulations related to our operations and the use of our digital manufacturing systems and consumable materials, which could subject us to compliance costs and/or potential liability in the event of non-compliance.

We are subject to domestic and foreign environmental laws and regulations governing our manufacturing operations, including, but not limited to, emissions into the air and water and the use, handling, disposal, and remediation of hazardous substances. A certain risk of environmental liability is inherent in our production activities. These laws and regulations govern, among other things, the generation, use, storage, registration, handling, and disposal of chemicals and waste materials, the presence of specified substances in electrical products, the emission and discharge of hazardous materials into the ground, air or water, the cleanup of contaminated sites, including any contamination that results from spills due to our failure to properly dispose of chemicals and other waste materials and the health and safety of our employees. Under these laws, regulations and requirements, we could also be subject to liability for improper disposal of chemicals and waste materials, including those resulting from the use of our systems and accompanying materials by end- users. Accidents or other incidents that occur at our facilities or involve our personnel or operations could result in claims for damages against us. In the event we are found to be financially responsible, as a result of environmental or other laws or by court order, for environmental damages alleged to have been caused by us or occurring on our premises, we could be required to pay substantial monetary damages or undertake extensive remedial obligations. If our operations fail to comply with such laws or regulations, we may be subject to fines and other civil, administrative, or criminal sanctions, including the revocation of permits and licenses necessary to continue our business activities. In addition, we may be required to pay damages or civil judgments in respect of third-party claims, including those relating to personal injury (including exposure to hazardous substances that we generate, use, store, handle, transport, manufacture, or dispose of), property damage, or contribution claims. Some environmental laws allow for strict, joint and several liabilities for remediation costs, regardless of fault.

 

25


We may be identified as a potentially responsible party under such laws. The amount of any costs, including fines or damages payments that we might incur under such circumstances, could substantially exceed any insurance we have to cover such losses. Any of these events, alone or in combination, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations and could adversely affect our reputation.

The export of our offerings internationally from our production facilities subjects us to environmental laws and regulations concerning the import and export of chemicals and hazardous substances such as the United States Toxic Substances Control Act and the Registration, Evaluation, Authorization, and Restriction of Chemical Substances. These laws and regulations require the testing and registration of some chemicals that we ship along with, or that form a part of, our systems and other products. If we fail to comply with these or similar laws and regulations, we may be required to make significant expenditures to reformulate the chemicals that we use in our offerings and materials or incur costs to register such chemicals to gain and/or regain compliance. Additionally, we could be subject to significant fines or other civil and criminal penalties should we not achieve such compliance.

The cost of complying with current and future environmental, health, and safety laws applicable to our operations, or the liabilities arising from past releases of, or exposure to, hazardous substances, may result in future expenditures. Any of these developments, alone or in combination, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our business involves the use of hazardous materials, and we must comply with environmental, health, and safety laws and regulations, which can be expensive and restrict how we do business.

Our business involves the controlled storage, use, and disposal of hazardous materials. We and our suppliers are subject to federal, state, and local as well as foreign laws and regulations governing the use, manufacture, storage, handling, and disposal of these hazardous materials. Although we believe that the safety procedures utilized by us and our suppliers for handling and disposing of these materials comply with the standards prescribed by these laws and regulations, we cannot eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury from these materials. In the event of an accident, state, federal, or foreign authorities may curtail the use of these materials and interrupt our business operations. We do not currently maintain hazardous materials insurance coverage. If we are subject to any liability as a result of activities involving hazardous materials, our business and financial condition may be adversely affected and our reputation and brand may be harmed.

Regulation in the areas of privacy, data protection, and information security could increase our costs and affect or limit our business opportunities and how we collect and/or use personal information.

We collect personally identifiable information from our employees, prospects, and our customers. Privacy and security laws and regulations may limit the use and disclosure of certain information and require us to adopt certain cybersecurity and data handling practices that may affect our ability to effectively market our services to current, past, or prospective customers. We must comply with privacy laws in the United States, Europe, and elsewhere, including GDPR in the European Union, which became effective May 25, 2018, and the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018, or CCPA, which was enacted on June 28, 2018 and became effective on January 1, 2020. California has already adopted a new law, the California Privacy Rights Act of 2020, or CPRA, that will substantially expand the CCPA effective January 1, 2023. Virginia has similarly enacted a comprehensive privacy law, the Consumer Data Protection Act, which emulates the CCPA and CPRA in many respects, and proposals for comprehensive privacy and data security legislation are advancing in several other states. A patchwork of differing state privacy and data security requirements may increase the cost and complexity of operating our business and increase our exposure to liability.

These laws create new individual privacy rights and impose increased obligations, including disclosure obligations, on companies handling personal data. In many jurisdictions, consumers must be notified in the event of a data security breach, and such notification requirements continue to increase in scope and cost. Privacy and security laws and regulations may limit the use and disclosure of certain information and require us to adopt certain cybersecurity and data handling practices that may affect our ability to effectively market our services to current, past, or prospective customers. While we have invested in, and intend to continue to invest in, resources to comply with these standards, we may not be successful in doing so, and any such failure could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and reputation.

 

26


As privacy, data use, and data security laws are interpreted and applied, compliance costs may increase, particularly in the context of ensuring that adequate data protection and data transfer mechanisms are in place. In recent years, there has been increasing regulatory enforcement and litigation activity in this area in the United States and in the Netherlands in which we operate.

We are subject to U.S. and foreign anti-corruption laws, trade controls, economic sanctions, and similar laws and regulations. Our failure to comply with these laws and regulations could subject us to civil, criminal, and administrative penalties and harm our reputation.

We have partners in a number of countries throughout the world, including countries known to have a reputation for corruption. Doing business on a global basis requires us to comply with anti-corruption laws and regulations imposed by governments around the world with jurisdiction over our operations, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, as well as the laws of the countries where we do business. We are also subject to various trade restrictions, including trade and economic sanctions and export controls, imposed by governments around the world with jurisdiction over our operations. For example, in accordance with trade sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control and the U.S. Department of Commerce, we are prohibited from engaging in transactions involving certain persons and certain designated countries or territories, including Cuba, Iran, Syria, North Korea, and the Crimea Region of Ukraine. In addition, our offerings are subject to export regulations that can involve significant compliance time and may add additional overhead cost to our offerings. In recent years, the U.S. government has had a renewed focus on export matters. For example, the Export Control Reform Act of 2018 and regulatory guidance have imposed additional controls, and may result in the imposition of further additional controls, on the export of certain “emerging and foundational technologies.” Our current and future offerings may be subject to these heightened regulations, which could increase our compliance costs.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention, and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members.

We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and any rules promulgated thereunder, as well as the rules of NYSE. The requirements of these rules and regulations have increase our legal and financial compliance costs, made some activities more difficult, time-consuming, or costly, and increased demand on our systems and resources. We intend to continue investing substantial resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations, and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from business operations to compliance activities.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls for financial reporting. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet these standards, significant resources and management oversight are required, and, as a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns. Although we have already hired additional employees to assist us in complying with these requirements, we may need to hire more employees in the future or engage outside consultants, which will increase our operating expenses.

Changing laws, regulations, and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs, and making some activities more time-consuming. Additionally, these rules and regulations make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance. We may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These factors may also make it difficult for us to attract and retain qualified independent members of our Board of Directors.

As a result of disclosure of information in filings required of a public company, our business and financial condition have become more visible than they have been in the past, which may result in an increased risk of threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third parties. If such claims are successful, our business and results of operations could be harmed, and even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our management and harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

 

27


If our internal control over financial reporting or our disclosure controls and procedures are not effective, we may be unable to accurately report our financial results, prevent fraud, or file our periodic reports in a timely manner, which may cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and may lead to a decline in our stock price.

We are required to comply with certain requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and will be required to comply with additional such requirements following the date we are deemed to be an “accelerated filer” or a “large accelerated filer,” each as defined in the Exchange Act, which could be as early as our next fiscal year. The standards required for a public company under Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act are significantly more stringent than those previously required of us as a privately-held company, and requires that we maintain effective internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In particular, we are required to perform system and process evaluation, document our controls, and perform testing of our key controls over financial reporting to allow management certify on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes- Oxley Act. When we cease to be an “emerging growth company,” we will also be subject to auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the relevant increased disclosure obligations. Deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting may be found that may be deemed to be material weaknesses. If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, or if we identify deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, the market price of our common stock would likely decline and we could be subject to lawsuits, sanctions, or investigations by regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources and could harm investor confidence in our business.

We are an “emerging growth company” and a “smaller reporting company” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies and smaller reporting companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company we may follow reduced disclosure requirements and do not have to make all of the disclosures that public companies that are not emerging growth companies do. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (a) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.07 billion or more; (b) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the completion of the initial public offering of Galileo; (c) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; or (d) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the SEC, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and intend to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards; and as a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates.

We have chosen and may continue to choose to take advantage of certain of the available exemptions for emerging growth companies. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our share price may be more volatile.

Risks Relating to Ownership of Our Common Stock and Warrants

An active, liquid trading market for our common stock may not be sustained.

Our common stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol “SHPW.” However, we cannot assure you that an active trading market for our common stock will be sustained. A public trading market having the desirable characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends upon the existence of willing buyers and sellers at any given time, such existence being dependent upon the individual decisions of buyers and sellers over which neither Shapeways nor any market maker has control. The lack of an active and liquid trading market would likely have a material adverse effect on the market price of our common stock. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by issuing equity and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using common stock as consideration.

 

28


Our issuance of additional shares of common stock or convertible securities may dilute your ownership of us and could adversely affect our stock price.

From time to time in the future, we may issue additional shares of our common stock or securities convertible into our common stock pursuant to a variety of transactions, including acquisitions. Additional shares of our common stock may also be issued upon exercise of outstanding stock options and warrants to purchase our common stock. The issuance by us of additional shares of our common stock or securities convertible into our common stock would dilute your ownership of us and the sale of a significant amount of such shares in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock. Subject to the satisfaction of vesting conditions and the expiration of lockup agreements, shares issuable upon exercise of options will be available for resale immediately in the public market without restriction.

Issuing additional shares of our capital stock, other equity securities, or securities convertible into equity may dilute the economic and voting rights of our existing stockholders, reduce the market price of our common stock, or both. Debt securities convertible into equity could be subject to adjustments in the conversion ratio pursuant to which certain events may increase the number of equity securities issuable upon conversion. Preferred stock, if issued, could have a preference with respect to liquidating distributions or a preference with respect to dividend payments that could limit our ability to pay dividends to the holders of our common stock. Our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, which may adversely affect the amount, timing, or nature of our future offerings. As a result, holders of our common stock bear the risk that our future offerings may reduce the market price of our common stock and dilute their percentage ownership.

Future sales, or the perception of future sales, of our common stock by us or our existing stockholders in the public market could cause the market price for our common stock to decline.

The sale of substantial amounts of shares of our common stock in the public market, including in connection with the expiration of lock-up restrictions, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of shares of our common stock or increase the volatility of the market price of common stock. Furthermore, shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity plans may become available for sale in the future. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. Additionally, to the extent our Warrants are exercised, additional shares of common stock will be issued, which will result in dilution to the holders of common stock and increase the number of shares eligible for resale in the public market. However, there is no guarantee that the Public Warrants will ever be in the money prior to their expiration, and as such, the Warrants may expire worthless.

Our operating results and financial condition may fluctuate on a quarterly and annual basis.

Our operating results and financial condition fluctuate from quarter-to-quarter and year-to-year and are likely to continue to vary due to a number of factors, many of which are not within our control. Both our business and the digital manufacturing industry are changing and evolving rapidly, and our historical operating results may not be useful in predicting our future operating results. If our operating results do not meet the guidance that we provide to the marketplace or the expectations of securities analysts or investors, the market price of our common stock will likely decline. Fluctuations in our operating results and financial condition may be due to a number of factors, including:

 

   

the degree of market acceptance of digital manufacturing and, specifically, our services;

 

   

our ability to compete with competitors and new entrants into our markets;

 

   

the mix of offerings that we sell during any period;

 

   

the timing of our sales and deliveries of our offerings to customers;

 

   

the geographic distribution of our sales;

 

29


   

changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors, including our response to price competition;

 

   

changes in the amount that we spend to develop and manufacture new technologies;

 

   

changes in the amounts that we spend to promote our services;

 

   

expenses and/or liabilities resulting from litigation;

 

   

delays between our expenditures to develop and market new or enhanced solutions and the generation of revenue from those solutions;

 

   

unforeseen liabilities or difficulties in integrating our acquisitions or newly acquired businesses;

 

   

disruptions to our information technology systems;

 

   

general economic and industry conditions that affect customer demand;

 

   

the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our customers, suppliers, manufacturers, and operations; and

 

   

changes in accounting rules and tax laws.

In addition, our revenues and operating results may fluctuate from quarter-to-quarter and year-to-year due to our sales cycle and seasonality among our customers. Generally, our digital manufacturing solutions are subject to the adoption and capital expenditure cycles of our customers. Additionally, for our more complex solutions, which may require additional facilities investment, potential customers may spend a substantial amount of time performing internal assessments prior to making a purchase decision. This may cause us to devote significant effort in advance of a potential sale without any guarantee of receiving any related revenues. As a result, revenues and operating results for future periods are difficult to predict with any significant degree of certainty, which could lead to adverse effects on our inventory levels and overall financial condition.

Due to the foregoing factors, and the other risks discussed in this prospectus you should not rely on quarter-over-quarter and year-over-year comparisons of our operating results as an indicator of our future performance.

Our stock price has been and may continue to be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance. You may lose some or all of your investment.

The trading price of our common stock has been and may continue to be volatile. The stock market recently has experienced extreme volatility. This volatility often has been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies. You may not be able to resell your shares at an attractive price due to a number of factors such as those listed in this section and the following:

 

   

the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our financial condition and the results of operations;

 

   

our operating and financial performance and prospects;

 

   

our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in our industry compared to market expectations;

 

   

conditions that impact demand for our services;

 

   

future announcements concerning our business, our customers’ businesses, or our competitors’ businesses;

 

   

the public’s reaction to our press releases, other public announcements, and filings with the SEC;

 

   

the market’s reaction to our reduced disclosure and other requirements as a result of being an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act or a “smaller reporting company”;

 

   

the size of our public float;

 

30


   

coverage by or changes in financial estimates by securities analysts or failure to meet their expectations;

 

   

market and industry perception of our success, or lack thereof, in pursuing our growth strategy;

 

   

strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings;

 

   

changes in laws or regulations which adversely affect the manufacturing industry generally or Shapeways specifically;

 

   

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations, or principles;

 

   

changes in senior management or key personnel;

 

   

issuances, exchanges or sales, or expected issuances, exchanges, or sales of our capital stock;

 

   

changes in our dividend policy;

 

   

adverse resolution of new or pending litigation against us; and

 

   

changes in general market, economic, and political conditions in the United States and global economies or financial markets, including those resulting from natural disasters, terrorist attacks, acts of war or other military conflicts, and responses to such events.

These broad market and industry factors may materially reduce the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance. In addition, price volatility may be greater if the public float and trading volume of our common stock continues to be low. As a result, you may suffer a loss on your investment.

If securities or industry analysts publish inaccurate or unfavorable research or reports about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock depends, in part, on the research and reports that third-party securities analysts publish about us and the industry in which we operate. We may be unable or slow to attract research coverage and if one or more analysts cease coverage of us, the price and trading volume of our securities would likely be negatively impacted. If any of the analysts that may cover us change their recommendation regarding our common stock adversely, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, the price of our common stock would likely decline. If any analyst that may cover us ceases covering us or fails to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause the price or trading volume of our common stock to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrades our common stock, or if our reporting results do not meet their expectations, the market price of our common stock could decline.

We do not expect to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future.

We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business. As a result, we do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on, among other things, our business prospects, results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements and availability, certain restrictions related to our indebtedness, industry trends, and other factors that our Board of Directors may deem relevant. In addition, we may incur additional indebtedness, the terms of which may further restrict or prevent us from paying dividends on our common stock. As a result, you may have to sell some or all of your common stock after price appreciation in order to generate cash flow from your investment, which you may not be able to do. Our inability or decision not to pay dividends, particularly when others in our industry have elected to do so, could also adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

 

31


We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert management attention.

The market price of our common stock has been and may continue to be volatile and, in the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities litigation, including class action litigation. Litigation of this type could result in substantial costs and diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Any adverse determination in litigation could also subject us to significant liabilities.

Delaware law and provisions in our charter and bylaws could make a merger, tender offer, or proxy contest difficult, thereby depressing the trading price of our common stock.

Our charter, bylaws, and Delaware law contain provisions that could depress the trading price of our common stock by acting to discourage, delay, or prevent a change of control of Shapeways or changes in Shapeways that our management or stockholders may deem advantageous. Among other things, our charter and bylaws include the following provisions:

 

   

a classified board of directors so that not all members of our Board of Directors are elected at one time;

 

   

permit the Board of Directors to establish the number of directors and fill any vacancies and newly created directorships;

 

   

provide that directors may only be removed for cause and only by a super majority vote;

 

   

require super-majority voting to amend certain provisions of our charter and any provision of our bylaws;

 

   

authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that our Board of Directors could use to implement a stockholder rights plan;

 

   

eliminate the ability of our stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders;

 

   

prohibit stockholder action by written consent, which requires all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

 

   

provide that the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, or repeal our bylaws; and

 

   

establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our Board of Directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at annual stockholder meetings.

These provisions, alone or together, could delay or prevent hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in our management. As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Delaware law, including Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, which prevents interested stockholders, such as certain stockholders holding more than 15% of our outstanding common stock, from engaging in certain business combinations unless (i) prior to the time such stockholder became an interested stockholder, our Board of Directors approved the transaction that resulted in such stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, (ii) upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in such stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of our common stock, or (iii) following board approval, such business combination receives the approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding common stock not held by such interested stockholder at an annual or special meeting of stockholders.

Any provision of our charter, bylaws, or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying, preventing, or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

Our charter provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and the federal district courts of the United States will be the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or employees.

Our charter provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty, any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the DGCL, our charter or bylaws, or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. In addition, if an action is brought outside of Delaware, the stockholder bringing the suit will be deemed to have consented to service of process on such stockholder’s counsel.

 

32


Our charter provides that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the foregoing choice of forum provision.

This provision would not apply to claims brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Our charter provides further that, unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. These choices of forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or other employees and may discourage these types of lawsuits. Furthermore, the enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court could find these types of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable. While the Delaware courts have determined that such choice of forum provisions are facially valid, a stockholder may nevertheless seek to bring a claim in a venue other than those designated in the exclusive-forum provisions, and there can be no assurance that such provisions will be enforced by a court in those other jurisdictions. If a court were to find the exclusive-forum provision contained in our charter to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business.

 

33


USE OF PROCEEDS

We will receive proceeds equal to the aggregate exercise price from any exercise of the Warrants, assuming the exercise of the Warrants for cash. The amount of such cash proceeds, if any, will depend on the prevailing market price of our common stock. The exercise price for any of our Public Warrants and our Private Warrants is $11.50 per share, subject to certain specified adjustments. To the extent that the market price of our common stock exceeds $11.50 per share, it is more likely that warrantholders will exercise their warrants. If the market price of our common stock is less than $11.50 per share, it is less likely that warrantholders will exercise their warrants.

We expect to use the net proceeds from the exercise of the Warrants for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses and capital expenditures. We will have broad discretion over the use of proceeds from the exercise of the Warrants. There is no assurance that the holders of the Warrants will elect to exercise any or all of such Warrants. To the extent that the Warrants are exercised on a “cashless basis,” the amount of cash we would receive from the exercise of the Warrants will decrease.

All of the shares of common stock and the Private Warrants offered by the Selling Securityholders pursuant to this prospectus will be sold by the Selling Securityholders for their own account. We will not receive any of the proceeds from these sales.

The Selling Securityholders will pay any underwriting discounts and commissions and expenses incurred by the Selling Securityholders for brokerage, accounting, tax or legal services or any other expenses incurred by the Selling Securityholders in disposing of the securities. We will bear the costs, fees and expenses incurred in effecting the registration of the securities covered by this prospectus, including all registration and filing fees, NYSE listing fees and fees and expenses of our counsel and our independent registered public accounting firm.

DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

The offering price of the shares of common stock underlying the Public Warrants and the Private Warrants offered hereby is determined by reference to the exercise price of the Public Warrants and the Private Warrants of $11.50 per share. The Public Warrants are listed on the NYSE under the symbol “SHPW WS.”

We cannot currently determine the price at which shares of our common stock may be sold by the Selling Securityholders under this prospectus.

MARKET INFORMATION FOR SECURITIES AND DIVIDEND POLICY

Market Information

Our common stock and Public Warrants are currently listed on the NYSE under the symbols “SHPW” and “SHPW WS,” respectively. Prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, our common stock and Public Warrants were listed on the NYSE under the symbols “GLEO” and “GLEO WS,” respectively. Prior to the Closing, there was no established public trading market for Legacy Shapeways’ common stock. As of March 28, 2022, we had 150 holders of record of our common stock, and 14 holders of record of our Public Warrants, one of which was Cede & Co. and we do not know the number of underlying beneficial holders of the Public Warrants. We believe a substantially greater number of beneficial owners hold shares of common stock or warrants through brokers, banks or other nominees. As of March 28, 2022, we had 48,845,322 shares of common stock issued and outstanding.

Dividends

We have not paid any cash dividends on the common stock to date. We may retain future earnings, if any, for future operations, expansion and debt repayment and has no current plans to pay cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of the Board and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors that the Board may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is limited by covenants under our existing outstanding indebtedness. We do not anticipate declaring any cash dividends to holders of the common stock in the foreseeable future.

 

34


UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Defined terms included below have the same meaning as terms defined and included elsewhere in this prospectus and, if not defined in this prospectus, the final joint proxy statement/consent solicitation statement/ prospectus filed by Galileo with the SEC on September 7, 2021 (the “Proxy Statement”). Unless the context otherwise requires, “Shapeways” refers to Shapeways, Inc. prior to the Closing, the “Company” refers to Shapeways Holdings, Inc. (f/k/a Galileo Acquisition Corp.) after the Closing, and “Galileo” refers to Galileo Acquisition Corp. prior to the Closing.

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X as amended by the final rule, Release No. 33-10786 “Amendments to Financial Disclosures about Acquired and Disposed Businesses” and presents the combination of the historical financial information of Galileo and Shapeways adjusted to give effect to the Business Combination and related transactions.

Galileo was a blank check company formed for the purpose of acquiring, through a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization, recapitalization, or other similar business transaction, one or more operating businesses or entities.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2021 combines the historical statements of operations of Galileo and Shapeways for such period on a pro forma basis as if the Business Combination and the related transactions, summarized below, had been consummated on January 1, 2021. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information does not include an unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of December 31, 2021 as the Business Combination is already reflected in the Company’s historical audited consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2021 included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The pro forma condensed combined financial information is for informational purposes only and may not be useful in predicting the future financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2021 was derived from the Company’s historical audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2021 and related notesand should be read together with such audited financial statements and the section entitled “Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained in this prospectus.

Business Combination

On September 29, 2021 (the “Closing”), Galileo Acquisition Corp., a Cayman Islands exempted company (“Galileo” and after the Domestication “Shapeways”), a publicly-traded special purpose acquisition company, consummated the transactions described in the Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization (the “Merger Agreement”) dated April 28, 2021, by and among Galileo Founders Holdings, L.P. (the “Sponsor”), Galileo Acquisition Corp., Galileo Acquisition Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Galileo (“Merger Sub”), and Shapeways, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Legacy Shapeways”), whereby Merger Sub merged with and into Legacy Shapeways, the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub ceasing and Legacy Shapeways being the surviving corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Shapeways (the “Merger”).

The Business Combination has been accounted for as a reverse recapitalization, in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”). Under this method of accounting, Galileo has been treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, the Business Combination has been treated as the equivalent of Shapeways issuing stock for the net assets of Galileo, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of Galileo have been stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. There has been no accounting effect or change in the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities as a result of the Domestication.

 

35


UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2021

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     For the period
January 1,
2021 through
September 29,
2021
     Year Ended
December 31,
2021
     Transaction
Accounting

Adjustments
    Pro Forma
SHPW
 
     GLEO      SHPW  

Revenue, net

   $ —        $ 33,623      $ —       $ 33,623  

Cost of revenue

     —          17,673        —         17,673  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     —          15,950        —         15,950  

Operating expenses

          

Selling, general and

     —          17,561        —         17,561  

Research and development

     —          6,281        —         6,281  

Amortization and

     —          133        —         133  

Operating and formation

     2,807        —          —         2,807  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     2,807        23,975        —         26,782  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (2,807      (8,025      —         (10,832

Other income (expense):

          

Long-term debt forgiveness

     —          2,000        —         2,000  

Interest expense

     —          (404      —         (404

Interest income

     —          1        —         1  

Other income

     —          7        —         7  

Interest earned on marketable securities held

     32        —          (32 ) A      —    

Change in fair value of convertible promissory note

     (787      —          787   B      —    

Change in fair value of

     (7,125      8,106        7,125   C      8,106  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other (expense)

     (7,880      9,710        7,880       9,710  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income

     (10,687      1,685        7,880       (1,122

Income tax benefit

     —          (71      —         (71
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

     (10,687      1,756        7,880       (1,051

Deemed dividend—Earnout

     —          (18,132      —         (18,132
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (10,687    $ (16,376    $ 7,880     $ (19,183
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share (Note 3):

          

Weighted average shares outstanding—basic and diluted

        41,040,637          49,619,138  

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholdersbasic and diluted

      $ (0.40      $ (0.39

 

36


NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Basis of Presentation

The Business Combination has been accounted for as a reverse recapitalization, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded, in accordance with GAAP. Under this method of accounting, Galileo has been treated as the “accounting acquiree” and Shapeways as the “accounting acquirer” for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the Business Combination has been treated as the equivalent of Shapeways issuing shares for the net assets of Galileo, followed by a recapitalization. The net assets of Shapeways have been stated at historical cost. Operations prior to the Business Combination are those of Shapeways.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2021 gives pro forma effect to the Business Combination as if it had been completed on January 1, 2021.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information does not give effect to any anticipated synergies, operating efficiencies, tax savings, or cost savings that may be associated with the Business Combination. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is not necessarily indicative of what the actual results of operations would have been had the Business Combination and related transactions taken place on the dates indicated, nor are they indicative of the future consolidated results of operations or financial position of the Company. They should be read in conjunction with the historical financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Note 2. Adjustments to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared to illustrate the effect of the Business Combination and has been prepared for informational purposes only.

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X as amended by the final rule, Release No. 33-10786 “Amendments to Financial Disclosures about Acquired and Disposed Businesses.” Release No. 33-10786 replaces the existing pro forma adjustment criteria with simplified requirements to depict the accounting for the transaction (“Transaction Accounting Adjustments”) and present the reasonably estimable synergies and other transaction effects that have occurred or are reasonably expected to occur (“Management’s Adjustments”). The Company has elected not to present Management’s Adjustments and will only be presenting Transaction Accounting Adjustments in the following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.

The pro forma combined provision for income taxes does not necessarily reflect the amounts that would have resulted had the post-combination company filed consolidated income tax returns during the periods presented. The pro forma basic and diluted loss per share amounts presented in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations are based upon the number of the Company’s shares outstanding, assuming the Business Combination and related transactions occurred as of the beginning of the period presented.

Adjustments to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statements of Operations

The pro forma adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2021 are as follows:

A. Reflects elimination of investment income on the Trust Account.

 

37


  B.

Represents the elimination of the loss recognized related to the change in fair value of the Sponsor Note as a result of the conversion of the Sponsor Note, at the option of the Sponsor, into 500,000 Sponsor Warrants.

 

  C.

Represents the elimination of the change in fair value of warrant liabilites recognized by Galileo prior to the Closing.

Note 3. Net Loss per Share

Net loss per share was calculated using the historical weighted average shares outstanding, and the issuance of additional shares in connection with the Business Combination, assuming the shares were outstanding since January 1, 2021. As the Business Combination and related transactions are being reflected as if they had occurred at the beginning of the period presented, the calculation of weighted average shares outstanding for basic and diluted net loss per share assumes that the shares issuable in the Business Combination have been outstanding for the entire period presented.

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2021
 

Pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (19,183

Weighted average shares outstanding—basic and diluted

     49,619,138  

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted (1)

   $ (0.39

Weighted average shares calculation—basic and diluted

  

Legacy Shapeways shares (2)

     36,427,490  

Galileo common stock

     2,781,648  

Galileo founder and representative shares

     2,910,000  

Shares issued in PIPE Investment

     7,500,000  
  

 

 

 
     49,619,138  
  

 

 

 
(1)

The dilutive effects of the Company’s common stock warrants, earnout shares, and restricted stock units were not included in the computation of diluted net loss per share because the effect would have been anti-dilutive.

(2)

Includes 4,833,059 options to purchase shares of common stock due to their nominal exercise prices as of the Closing.

 

38


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations describes the principal factors affecting the results of our operations, financial condition and changes in financial condition. You should read the following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations together with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Certain of the information contained in this discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, such as those set forth in the section captioned “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements.

Company Overview

Shapeways is a leading digital manufacturer combining high quality, flexible, on-demand manufacturing with purpose-built proprietary software to offer customers an end-to-end digital manufacturing platform on which they can rapidly transform digital designs into physical products. Our manufacturing platform offers customers access to high quality manufacturing from start to finish through automation, innovation, and digitization. Our proprietary software, wide selection of materials and technologies, and global supply chain lower manufacturing barriers and accelerate delivery of manufactured parts from prototypes to finished end parts.

We combine deep digital manufacturing know-how and software expertise to deliver high quality, flexible on-demand digital manufacturing to a range of customers, from project-focused engineers to large enterprises. Digital manufacturing is the complete digitization of the end-to-end manufacturing process that enables the transition of a digital file to a physical product.

Key Factors Affecting Operating Results

We believe that our performance and future success depend on many factors that present significant opportunities for us but also pose risks and challenges, including the following:

Commercial Launch of New Offerings

We plan to launch several new manufacturing technologies, materials, and finishes. Prior to commercialization, Shapeways must complete testing and manufacturing ramp-up either in house or through our network of third-party manufacturing partners. Any delays in the successful completion of these steps or the results of testing may impact our ability or the pace at which we will generate revenue from these offerings. Even if we successfully introduces these new offerings, there is no assurance that they will be accepted by the broader market.

In 2020, we launched our software under the brand Powered by Shapeways to a limited set of design customers, and launched the first phase of this offering under the brand Otto in the fourth quarter of 2021, to third-party manufacturers. This phase of the rollout involves activities such as creating awareness of the new offering and ensuring the software can interoperate with systems used by potential customers.

We plan to roll out further phases of this software over the next two years. We believe that offering this software to other manufacturers will enable us to generate future revenue. However, we have not derived significant revenue from sales of its software to date, and may never be successful in doing so. We expect to further commercialize our software, which we expect will provide software customers with an end-to-end software for their manufacturing operations and to expand the manufacturing capabilities that they offer to their customers.

 

39


Adoption of Our Digital Manufacturing Solutions

We believe that the market is shifting toward digitization of manufacturing and approaching an inflection point in the overall adoption of digital manufacturing solutions. We believe that we are well-positioned to take advantage of this market opportunity across an array of industries due to its platform that combines high-quality, flexible, on-demand manufacturing with purpose-built proprietary software.

We expect that our results of operations, including revenue and gross margins, will fluctuate for the foreseeable future as businesses continue to shift away from traditional manufacturing processes towards digital manufacturing. The degree to which current and potential customers recognize the benefits of the digitization of manufacturing and the use our solutions in particular will affect our financial results.

Pricing, Product Cost and Margins

To date, the majority of our revenue has been generated by the manufacturing and sales of additively-manufactured end parts.

Software and manufacturing pricing may vary due to market-specific supply and demand dynamics, customer size, and other factors. Sales of certain products, such as software, have, or are expected to have, higher gross margins than others. As a result, our financial performance depends, in part, on the mix of offerings Shapeways sells during a given period. In addition, we are subject to price competition, and its ability to compete in key markets will depend on the success of its investments in its offerings, on cost improvements as well as on its ability to efficiently and reliably introduce cost-effective digital manufacturing solutions for our customers.

Continued Investment and Innovation

We believe that we are a leader in digital manufacturing solutions, offering high-quality, flexible, on-demand manufacturing coupled with purpose-built proprietary software. Our performance is significantly dependent on the investment we make in our software development efforts and in new digital manufacturing technologies. It is essential that we continually identify and respond to rapidly evolving customer requirements, develop and introduce innovative new offerings, enhance existing solutions and generate customer demand for our offerings. We believe that investment in our digital manufacturing solutions will contribute to long-term revenue growth, but may adversely affect near-term profitability.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

The majority of our revenue results from the sales of products that we manufacture for customers, which is designated as “Direct Sales”. This revenue is recognized upon shipment of the manufactured product to the customer.

During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, approximately 23% and 25% of our revenue was designated as “Marketplace Sales”. This revenue is from our customers who sell their products that we manufacture for them through our e-commerce website. Sales through this channel are subject to our regular manufacturing fees and also a 3.5% fee on any price markup the customer includes on their product. See Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

We also expect to increase software revenue over time. Software revenue is recognized (i) upon implementation for implementation fees, (ii) ratably over the term of the agreement for licensing fees, and (iii) upon order processing for the revenue-sharing component of our arrangements. To date, we have not recognized a material amount of revenue from software since this product offering has been limited to only design partners as we developed the complete product offering. In October 2021, the Company publicly launched a limited version of the software to expand our customer base.

 

40


Cost of Revenue

Our cost of revenue consists of the cost to produce manufactured products and related services. Cost of revenue includes machine costs, material costs, rent costs, personnel costs, and other costs directly associated with manufacturing operations in our factories as well as amounts paid to our third-party contract manufacturers and suppliers. Our cost of revenue also includes depreciation and amortization of equipment, cost of spare or replacement machine parts, machine service costs, shipping and handling costs, and some overhead costs. We expect cost of revenue to increase in absolute dollars in the future.

We intend to further commercialize our software offering and if we generate material revenue from sales of our software offering, we will separately recognize the related cost of revenue.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

Our gross profit and gross margin are, or may be, influenced by a number of factors, including:

 

   

Market conditions that may impact our pricing;

 

   

Product mix changes between established manufacturing product offerings and new manufacturing product offerings;

 

   

Mix changes between products we manufacture in house and through outsourced manufacturers;

 

   

Our cost structure, including rent, materials costs, machine costs, labor rates, and other manufacturing operations costs; and

 

   

Our level of investment in new technologies.

Selling, General and Administrative

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of employee-related costs for individuals working in our sales and marketing departments, third party consultants, marketing costs such as search engine marketing and search engine optimization and other advertising costs, as well as personnel-related expenses associated with our executive, finance and accounting, legal, human resources, and supply chain functions, as well as professional fees for legal, audit, accounting and other consulting service along with administrative costs of doing business which include, but are not limited to, rent, utilities, and insurance.

We expect our sales and marketing costs will increase on an absolute-dollar basis as we expand our headcount, initiate new marketing campaigns, and continue to roll out future phases of our software offering.

We expect our general and administrative expenses will increase on an absolute-dollar basis as a result of operating as a public company, including expenses necessary to comply with the rules and regulations applicable to companies listed on a national securities exchange and related to compliance and reporting obligations pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC, as well as increased expenses for insurance (including director and officer insurance), investor relations, and other administrative and professional services. In addition, we expect to incur additional costs as we hire additional personnel and enhance our infrastructure to support the anticipated growth of the business.

Research and Development

Our research and development expenses consist primarily of employee-related personnel expenses, consulting and contractor costs, and SaaS, data center, and other technology costs. We expect research and development costs will increase on an absolute dollar basis over time as we continue to invest in our software offering.

 

41


Change in Fair Value of Warrant Liabilities

Change in fair value of warrant liability is a non-cash gain or loss impacted by the fair value of the Private Warrants assumed pursuant to the Merger.

Interest Expense

Interest expense consists primarily of interest expense associated with our term loan and our bridge loan. At the Closing of the Business Combination, the Company repaid and terminated the term loan in full. Immediately prior to the completion of the Business Combination, the bridge loan was converted into shares of common stock of Legacy Shapeways. Shapeways had no interest-bearing debt outstanding as of December 31, 2021.

Income Tax Benefit

We file consolidated income tax returns in the United States and in various state jurisdictions. Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Where applicable, we record a valuation allowance to reduce any deferred tax assets that it determines will not be realizable in the future.

Due to our cumulative losses, we maintain a valuation allowance against our U.S. and state deferred tax assets.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

Revenue

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change  

(Dollars in thousands)

   2021      2020      $      %  

Revenue

   $ 33,623      $ 31,775      $ 1,848        6

Revenue for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $33.6 million and $31.8 million, respectively, representing an increase of $1.8 million, or 6%. The increase in total revenue was primarily attributable to a 9% higher average price per product, partially offset by a 3% decrease in products shipped. We have continued to optimize our pricing algorithm and mix of technology offerings, resulting in this higher average price per product.

Cost of Revenue

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change  

(Dollars in thousands)

   2021      2020      $      %  

Cost of Revenue

   $ 17,673      $ 17,903      $ (230      (1 )% 

 

42


Cost of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $17.7 million and $17.9 million, respectively, representing a decrease of $0.2 million, or 1%. The decrease in cost of revenue was driven primarily by a 2% increase in cost per item produced, partially offset by a 3% decrease in part production.

Selling, general and administrative

Selling, general and administrative expenses for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 were $17.6 million and $10.8 million, respectively, representing an increase of $6.8 million, or 63%. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses resulted from increases to personnel cost, office expense, audit and other spending related to becoming a public company, stock-based compensation due to vesting acceleration of certain executives, marketing spend such as branding and search engine marketing to drive growth, and advertising.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 were $6.3 million and $5.6 million, respectively, representing an increase of $0.7 million, or 12%. The increase in research and development expenses was primarily due to an increase in personnel.

Debt Forgiveness

Debt forgiveness for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $2.0 million, relating to our Payroll Protection Program (“PPP”) loan. We had no debt forgiveness during the year ended December 31, 2020.

Interest Expense

Interest expense was $0.4 million and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Change in Fair Value of Warrant Liabilities

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities was a gain of $8.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. We had no change in fair value of warrant liabilities during the year ended December 31, 2020.

Income Taxes

Income tax benefit was $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. We received resolution of a tax assessment charge for 2019 in respect of our Dutch subsidiary, resulting in a refund during the year ended December 31, 2021. We had minimal income tax benefit during the year ended December 31, 2020.

We have provided a valuation allowance for all of its deferred tax assets as a result of our historical net losses in the jurisdictions in which we operate. We continue to assess our future taxable income by jurisdiction based on our recent historical operating results, the expected timing of reversal of temporary differences, various tax planning strategies that we may be able to enact in future periods, the impact of potential operating changes on our business and our forecast results from operations in future periods based on available information at the end of each reporting period. To the extent that we are able to reach the conclusion that deferred tax assets are realizable based on any combination of the above factors in a single, or multiple, taxing jurisdictions, a reversal of the related portion of our existing valuation allowances may occur.

 

43


Non-GAAP Financial Information

In addition to our results determined in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”), we believe that Adjusted EBITDA, a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure, is useful in evaluating our operational performance. We use this non- U.S. GAAP financial information to evaluate our ongoing operations and for internal planning and forecasting purposes. We believe that this non- U.S. GAAP financial information, when reviewed collectively with our U.S. GAAP results, may be helpful to investors in assessing our operating performance.

We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) excluding debt forgiveness, interest expense, net of interest income, income tax benefit, depreciation and amortization, stock -based compensation, change in fair value of warrant liabilities, and other non-operating gains and losses.

We believe that the use of Adjusted EBITDA provide an additional tool for investors to use in evaluating ongoing operating results and trends because we eliminate the effect of financing and capital expenditures and provides investors with a means to compare its financial measures with those of comparable companies, which may present similar non- U.S. GAAP financial measures to investors. However, you should be aware that when evaluating Adjusted EBITDA we may incur future expenses similar to those excluded when calculating these measures. In addition, our presentation of these measures should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items.

Because of these limitations, Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for performance measures calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our U.S. GAAP results and using Adjusted EBITDA on a supplemental basis. You should review the reconciliation of net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA below and not rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business.

The following table reconciles net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in thousands)

   2021      2020  

Net income (loss)

   $ 1,756      $ (3,168

Debt forgiveness

     (2,000      —    

Interest expense, net

     403        581  

Depreciation and amortization

     593        473  

Stock-based compensation

     2,907        721  

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

     (8,106      —    

Income tax benefit

     (71      (29

Other

     15        30  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (4,503    $ (1,392
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We have incurred losses from operations in each annual reporting period since our inception. As of December 31, 2021, we had $79.7 million in cash and cash equivalents and $0.1 in restricted cash. Up until the Business Combination, we primarily obtained cash to fund our operations through preferred stock offerings and debt instruments.

Since inception through closing of the Business Combination, we have received cumulative net proceeds from the sale of our preferred and common stock of approximately $110 million to fund our operations.

In October 2018, we entered into a five-year, $5.0 million term loan. Interest was calculated using the Wall Street Journal Prime rate plus 25 basis points, payable monthly in arrears. We paid off this term loan in connection with the closing of the Business Combination.

In June 2019, we received a $5.0 million bridge loan from existing investors, which bore interest at 8% annually. The loan converted into our Series E Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the Series E liquidation preference immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination.

 

44


In May 2020, we received loan proceeds in the amount of approximately $2.0 million under the PPP. The PPP, established as part of the CARES Act, provided for loans to qualifying businesses. The PPP loan has been forgiven in full, and we are evaluating whether to repay the loan. If repaid, we will reverse the previously recognized gain on debt forgiveness.

In September 2021, we consummated the Business Combination which provided gross proceeds resulting from the Merger and PIPE Investment of approximately $28.1 million and $75.0 million, respectively, for a total of approximately $86.8 million in net proceeds after transaction costs.

Our growth strategy includes exploring strategic partnerships. On March 26, 2021, we entered into a non-binding Memorandum of Understanding (“MOU”) with Desktop Metal, pursuant to which Desktop Metal agreed to invest $20.0 million in the PIPE Investment. Upon consummation of this investment, we became obligated to purchase $20.0 million of equipment, materials and services from Desktop Metal. In conjunction with these obligations, we and Desktop Metal agreed to develop a strategic partnership. As of December 31, 2021, we paid $4.5 million to Desktop Metal for equipment, materials and services received, and placed purchase orders for another $15.5 million of equipment, materials and services. We have no further obligations under the MOU.

We believe that our current cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to meet our working capital needs for the twelve months following the issuance date of our consolidated financial statements included within this prospectus. Our ability to transition to more profitable operations is dependent upon achieving a level of revenue adequate to support our evolving cost structure. We expect to continue to incur net losses in connection with its ongoing activities, particularly as we invest in hiring, growth-related operating expenditures, and capital expenditures in respect of new digital manufacturing technologies. Additionally, we may engage in future acquisitions. If events or circumstances occur such that we do not meet our operating plan as expected, we will be required to reduce corporate overhead or other operating expenses, which could have an adverse impact on our ability to achieve intended business objectives or obtain additional financing. We believe that we have the ability to enact cost savings measures to preserve capital if necessary. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in implementing our business objectives, however, we believe that external sources of funding will be available in such circumstances.

Cash Flow Summary for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

The following table sets forth a summary of cash flows for the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December
31,
 

(Dollars in thousands)

   2021      2020  

Net cash used in operating activities

   $ (8,059    $ (1,593

Net cash used in investing activities

     (3,960      (104

Net cash provided by financing activities

     83,267        732  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash

   $ 71,248      $ (965
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $8.1 million and $1.6 million, respectively. The increase of $6.5 million in cash used in operating activities was due to the decrease in net loss excluding non-cash expenses and gains of $4.2 million and the overall decrease in net operating assets and liabilities of $2.3 million.

 

45


Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $4.0 million and $0.1 million, respectively. The increase of $3.9 million in cash used in investing activities was due to increased capital expenditures for property and equipment.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $83.3 million and $0.7 million, respectively. The increase of $82.5 million in cash provided by financing activities was primarily due to the effect of the Merger (net of transaction costs) of $86.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2021, partially offset by an increase in repayments of loans payable of $2.3 million and a decrease in proceeds from loans payable of $2.0 million.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

See Note 9, Commitments and Contingencies, of the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus for further discussion of our commitments and contingencies.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements and does not utilize any “structured debt,” “special purpose” or similar unconsolidated entities for liquidity or financing purposes.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Certain of our accounting policies require the application of judgment in selecting the appropriate assumptions for calculating financial estimates. By their nature, these judgments are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty. We periodically evaluate the judgments and estimates used for our critical accounting policies to ensure that such judgments and estimates are reasonable for our interim and year-end reporting requirements. These judgments and estimates are based on our historical experience (where available), current trends and information available from other sources, as appropriate. If different conditions result from those assumptions used in its judgments, the results could be materially different from our estimates. We believe the following critical accounting policies requires significant judgments and estimates in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements:

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue from sale of products (both direct sales and marketplace sales) upon transfer of control, which is generally at the point of shipment.

Our software contracts with customers often include promises to transfer multiple software elements to the customer. Revenue from sale of software may be recognized over the life of the associated software contract or as services are performed, depending on the nature of the services being provided. Judgment is required to determine the separate performance obligations present in a given contract, which we have concluded are generally capable of being distinct and accounted for as separate performance obligations. We use standalone selling price (“SSP”) to allocate revenue to each performance obligation. Significant judgment is required to determine the SSP for each distinct performance obligation in a contract.

We provide a platform for shop owners to sell their products to customers through our marketplace website. We receive a 3.5% markup fee from the shop owner upon the sale of any products through the marketplace. We handle the financial transaction, manufacturing, distribution and customer service on behalf of the shop owners. We are responsible for billing the customer in this arrangement and transmitting the applicable

 

46


fees to the shop owner. We assess whether we are responsible for providing the actual product or service as a principal, or for arranging for the product or service to be provided by the third party as an agent. Judgment is applied to determine whether we are the principal or the agent by evaluating whether we have control of the product or service prior to it being transferred to the customer. The principal versus agent assessment is performed at the performance obligation level. Indicators that we consider include whether we have the primary responsibility for fulfilling the promise to provide the specified product or service to the customer and whether we have inventory risk prior to transferring the product or service to the customer. We have the responsibility to fulfill the promise to provide the specific good or service on behalf of the shop owners to the customer. In addition, we have inventory risk before the specific good or service is transferred to a customer. As such, we are deemed the principal and shall recognize revenue on a gross basis for the price we charge to the shop owner for each product or service.

Stock-Based Compensation

We have applied the fair value recognition provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 718 Compensation-Stock Compensation to account for the stock-based compensation for employees and non-employees. We recognize compensation costs related to stock options granted to employees and non-employees based on estimated fair value of the award on the date of grant.

Prior to the Business Combination, the estimated fair value of our common shares has historically been determined by a third party appraisal. Subsequent to the Business Combination, we determine the fair value of the common stock based on the closing market price on the date of grant. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of options granted which requires the use of subjective assumptions that could materially impact the estimation of fair value and related compensation expense to be recognized. One of these assumptions includes the expected volatility of our stock price. Developing this assumption requires the use of judgment. We, both prior to and after the Merger, lacks historical and implied volatility information. Therefore, we estimate our expected stock volatility based on the historical volatility of representative companies from the additive manufacturing industry. We use the simplified method as prescribed by the SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, Share-Based Payment as we do not have sufficient historical stock option activity data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the expected term of stock options granted to employees and non-employees. We utilize a dividend yield of zero based on the fact that we have never paid and do not expect to pay cash dividends. The risk-free interest rate used for each grant is an interpolated rate to match the term assumption based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve as of the valuation date.

Warrant Liabilities

We account for warrants as either equity-classified or liability-classified instruments based on an assessment of the warrant’s specific terms and applicable authoritative guidance in FASB’s ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (“ASC 480”) and ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging (“ASC 815”). The assessment considers whether the warrants are freestanding financial instruments pursuant to ASC 480, meet the definition of a liability pursuant to ASC 480, and whether the warrants meet all of the requirements for equity classification under ASC 815, including whether the warrants are indexed to the Company’s own common stock and whether the warrant holders could potentially require “net cash settlement” in a circumstance outside of the Company’s control, among other conditions for equity classification. This assessment, which requires the use of professional judgment, is conducted at the time of warrant issuance and as of each subsequent quarterly period end date while the warrants are outstanding.

Private Warrants and Sponsor Warrants were estimated using a Binomial Lattice Model.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Refer to Note 2 of Shapeways’ consolidated financial statements found elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

47


Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Shapeways is exposed to market risks from fluctuations in interest rates, which may adversely affect its results of operations and financial condition. Shapeways seeks to minimize these risks through regular operating and financing activities and, if Shapeways considers it to be appropriate, through the use of derivative financial instruments. Shapeways does not purchase, hold or sell derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

 

48


BUSINESS

Our Mission

Shapeways enables digital manufacturing at scale by combining high quality, flexible on-demand manufacturing with purpose-built proprietary software.

Company Overview

Shapeways is a leading digital manufacturer combining high quality, flexible on-demand manufacturing with purpose-built proprietary software to offer customers an end-to-end digital manufacturing platform on which they can rapidly transform digital designs into physical products. Our manufacturing platform offers customers access to high quality manufacturing from start to finish through automation, innovation and digitization. Our proprietary software, wide selection of materials and technologies, and global supply chain lower manufacturing barriers and accelerate delivery of manufactured parts from prototypes to finished end parts. We combine deep digital manufacturing know-how and software expertise to deliver high quality, flexible on-demand digital manufacturing to a range of customers, from project-focused engineers to large enterprises.

We have two manufacturing facilities, one in Long Island City, New York and the other in Eindhoven, the Netherlands. In addition, as of December 31, 2021, we had over 40 strategic supply chain partners who provide incremental capacity and production technologies to help us scale with customer demand and support us in efficiently launching new materials and manufacturing technologies. Approximately 38% of our revenue in 2021 was manufactured through those strategic outsource supply chain partners.

We support our customers through the design, pre-production, manufacturing and delivery process across a range of industries, materials, part volumes and delivery options. Our software is deeply integrated with our customers’ workflows and often is mission critical to their businesses. We believe our manufacturing platform is highly scalable, having delivered over 23 million parts to one million customers in over 175 countries as of December 31, 2021. Our platform is agnostic as to manufacturing hardware, materials and design software providers. As of December 31, 2021, we utilize 11 additive manufacturing technologies to produce parts in approximately 100 materials and finishes.

We use our proprietary software to automate production that passes through our manufacturing platform. Our software supports ordering, part analysis, manufacturing planning, pre- production and manufacturing. This software enables us to offer high quality, low-volume, complex part production. In an environment increasingly focused on mass customization and speed of part delivery, our core competency in low-volume, high-mix production at scale appeals to customers.

In 2020, we launched a software offering to a limited set of design customers to gain feedback on product market fit. The software enables other manufacturers to leverage our existing end-to-end manufacturing software to scale their businesses and shift to digital manufacturing. Our software offers improved customer accessibility, increased productivity, and expanded manufacturing capabilities for its customers. We launched the first phase of our SaaS offering more broadly under the brand Otto in the fourth quarter of 2021. This phase of the software offering provides a limited ordering service for additive manufacturing capabilities fulfilled by us. We intend to further commercialize our software as part of our goal to accelerate digital transformation across the manufacturing ecosystem. We believe our software can transform manufacturers globally by easing the digital transformation of traditional manufacturers, particularly small- to medium-sized manufacturers that are not able to invest the capital and time necessary to digitize their processes.

 

49


Our Strategy

The key elements of our strategy for growth are:

 

   

Expand Materials Offering. Our materials portfolio has historically been focused on polymers. We will continue to expand our polymers offerings while adding capabilities in industrial metals, composites and ceramics. We believe that by expanding our materials capabilities and offering a comprehensive and innovative materials portfolio, we will be able to unlock additional opportunities in key markets such as industrial, medical, automotive and aerospace.

 

   

Build a Diverse, Global Customer Base. Our customers today include businesses of all sizes, ranging from small and medium enterprises to Fortune 500 organizations, and span many industries, including aerospace, robotics, consumer products, architecture, gaming, jewelry and medical devices. We have historically served customers based largely in North America and Europe, but we believe there is considerable opportunity to expand into other markets, including Asia, in particular, given the significant levels of manufacturing output in countries such as China, Japan, South Korea, Taiwan and India. We aim to leverage our supply chain partners globally to help us serve customers in areas in which we currently do not have a geographic footprint. As we continue to add customers, we may consider adding our own manufacturing capabilities to serve customers outside of North America and Europe.

 

   

Expand Within and Beyond Additive Manufacturing. We will continue to expand our reach within additive manufacturing through new hardware and materials capabilities. We also plan to expand into other digital manufacturing technologies such as computer numerical control, injection molding and sheet metal, all of which are generally suited to complex, low-volume part production. As our customers scale in volume, they often graduate into these traditional methods; therefore, we believe adding these capabilities will allow us to capture a larger portion of customer spend and grow with our customers’ needs. We plan to leverage our outsourced supply chain partners to support these manufacturing capabilities while we focus our internal manufacturing capabilities on additive manufacturing.

 

   

Further Commercialize Software Offering. We believe there are opportunities to expand revenue from our software offering. In 2020, we deployed software offerings to certain design customers to test the software with the goal of creating a gray-labeled version of this software that we can license to other manufacturers. We launched the first phase of this offering more broadly under the brand Otto in the fourth quarter of 2021. This phase of the software offering provides a limited ordering service for additive manufacturing capabilities fulfilled by us. We believe that offering this software to other manufacturers will enable us to generate future revenue.

 

   

Target Strategic M&A and Partnership Opportunities. The manufacturing industry is highly fragmented, with many digital additive manufacturers focused on specific geographies, end-markets, hardware technologies and materials, but many of these manufacturers have not implemented software to fully digitize their manufacturing process and complete their digital transformation. We plan to grow inorganically by acquiring companies that we believe can help us accelerate our investment in new hardware, materials, and finishing capabilities, as well as new geographies and vertical markets. We believe our expertise in both software and manufacturing makes us well positioned to evaluate such opportunities as they become available.

Our Competitive Strengths

 

   

High quality, flexible on-demand manufacturing with proprietary purpose-built software. Our manufacturing platform adjusts to customers’ needs to optimize for speed, cost and quality. Our platform is designed to be highly configurable to meet the needs of our customers and suited for industrial-grade, high quality, low-volume, complex one-part production at scale. We offer high quality, flexible on-demand manufacturing services to deliver finished end parts to our customers in days instead of the weeks or months that are required by traditional manufacturers.

 

50


   

Platform scalability and quick adaptability to market shifts. We do not depend on the success of any one hardware provider, manufacturing technology, or materials vendor. Our software is designed to be highly configurable and integrate easily with new hardware technologies and materials allowing us to adapt and shift in market changes. We expect to continue adding new hardware providers, manufacturing technologies and materials. We believe that we will benefit from the innovation in hardware and materials across the additive manufacturing market, which will allow us to offer even more materials to our customers.

 

   

Enabling platform adoption across customer types and industries. Our customer base is diversified across sizes, industries and geographies. Unlike hardware providers, we have the opportunity to capture business from small to medium sized manufacturers that are unlikely to invest the capital required to deploy and support their own digital manufacturing capabilities.

 

   

Experienced management team with strong investor support. Our leadership team has decades of category and operational experience, including our engineering, sales and manufacturing teams. We have a proven history in successfully operating and scaling businesses with experience in both technology and manufacturing. Investors with deep domain expertise have supported our business, providing resources and knowledge in the development of our end-to-end digital manufacturing platform and underlying software.

 

LOGO

Our Platform

Shapeways Digital Manufacturing Platform

We offer a broad set of digital manufacturing tools and services to help customers innovate faster, lower costs and scale more efficiently. Our end-to-end digital manufacturing platform is differentiated through three key areas, design, production, and scale and is powered by our proprietary, purpose-built software:

 

   

Design. We provide our customers with advanced design technology and services to help correct and optimize their files to enable successful manufacturability. Through our software and in-house experts, we assist with file optimization, file correction, material and technology consultation, and prototyping. We also review digital files so they are optimized for materials, strength, structure, and cost, working closely with our customers to ensure quality and end-user satisfaction. Finally, we offer custom rapid-prototyping services that can accelerate product development by allowing our customers to iterate designs both virtually and physically prior to production.

 

51


   

Production. Through our digital manufacturing platform, our customers have access to numerous innovative additive manufacturing hardware technologies and materials. We built our platform with process visibility and quality in mind, and we offer our customers the ability to track production via real-time dashboards. Our manufacturing technology is able to deliver thousands of unique parts per day with the ability to track by machine, material, operator, and process. Our production capabilities include 11 hardware technologies and approximately 100 materials and finishes. We offer advanced finishing, including painting, polish, chemical treatment, color and metal plating, as well as performance and fit testing, quality checks and assembly for finished end-parts. We also offer custom-branded packing and fulfillment. Shapeways has high quality, low-volume production with a 30-day average of approximately 98% on- time delivery globally with less than a 1% customer complaint rate for the year ended December 31, 2021. By shipping products directly to our customers’ end customers, we can help reduce the potential for issues related to order fulfillment. The table below shows 10 common materials offered by Shapeways and the 10 types of technologies that are used to manufacture end parts using the material, in each case as of December 2021.

 

Name

  

Material

  

Technology

Accura 60, Accura Xtreme, Accura Xtreme 200, Grey Primed SLA    Accura 60, Accura Xtreme, Accura Xtreme 200, LT9000    SLA
MJF Plastic PA12, PA12GB, Polypropylene    Nylon 12, Nylon 12 Glass Bead Filled, Polypropylene    MJF
PA11, TPU, Versatile Plastic, Nylon 6 Mineral Filled , Arnite® T AM1210    Nylon 11, Thermoplastic Polyurethane, Nylon 12, Nylon 6 Mineral Filled, PBT    SLS
Multi-Color Polyjet    Vero    Polyjet
Stainless Steel 316L, Stainless Steel 17-4PH, 4140 Steel, Copper    Stainless Steel 316L, Stainless Steel 17-4PH, 4140 Steel, Copper    BMD
High Definition Full Color, Fine Detail Plastic    Mimaki MH-100, Visijet M3 Crystal    Material Jetting
BHDA, Ultracur3D® RG 35, 5015 Elastomeric Shore A 70, 3843 Tough HDT80, 3172 Tough High Impact    R5 Gray, Ultracur3D® RG 35, 5015 Elastomeric Shore A 70, 3843 Tough HDT80, 3172 Tough High Impact    DLP
EPU 40, RPU 70, UMA 90    Elastomeric Polyurethane, Rigid Polyurethane, Urethane Methacrylate    DLS
Aluminum    Aluminum    DMLS
Steel, Stainless Steel 316L    420 Steel / Bronze (60:40),Stainless Steel 316L, Stainless Steel 17-4PH, Gypsum    Binder Jetting
Bronze, Brass, Copper, Gold Plated Brass, Gold, Platinum, Rhodium Plated Brass, Silver    Wax Casting   

Casting

 

52


   

Scale. Our Application Programming Interface (“API”) integrations allow us to easily scale and grow with our customers’ businesses. With our API integrations, customers can seamlessly integrate custom websites or web applications into our platform, enabling them to efficiently scale and leverage our fulfillment capability. We also have integrations with leading third party e-commerce providers, allowing our customers who sell consumer-facing goods to connect their stores directly to our platform. Further, our customers have access to our service and support teams, who provide them with deep domain expertise in digital manufacturing technology, materials and production processes.

Shapeways’ Proprietary, Purpose-Built Software

Shapeways’ ability to deliver high quality, flexible on-demand manufacturing is powered by our proprietary, purpose-built software. That software enables Shapeways to fully digitize the end-to-end manufacturing workflow, including:

 

LOGO

Ordering. Our software enables customized order intake allowing our customers to offer secure upload and immediate pricing through automated configuration of model, material, finish, and fulfillment requirements. Our software provides order management to simplify manufacturing status monitoring, sales tracking, and repeat ordering. Files that are uploaded can be saved to a digital inventory, allowing the customer to facilitate future orders.

Analysis. Currently approximately 80% of files that are uploaded to our platform must be revised for successful manufacturability. Our software provides automated printability analysis, including file correction and optimization, and can automatically correct common issues with 3D models. If the file is determined to be unprintable based on model geometry, past print successes, and material guidelines, our software enables automated workflows to communicate feedback and printability issues with the customer and offer them paths for resolution.

Planning. Our software enables production planning across a supply chain network, including both our internal manufacturing facilities and external supply chain outsource partners. Our software automates the assignment and allocation of orders through the supply chain using smart demand allocation, based on cost, manufacturing capacity, part specification, geography, and fulfillment speed.

Pre-Production. Our software includes manufacturing preparation technology, 2D and 3D tray planning, and machine integration. This allows for optimized asset utilization, materials usage, and machine capacity utilization.

Manufacturing. Our software includes technology that spans production, asset monitoring, material monitoring, traceability, post-production processes, and certification. This includes robust tools to monitor all steps of the manufacturing process and enable continuous iterations and improvements to adjust to emerging technologies and capabilities. Our platform connects directly with additive manufacturing hardware, providing an integrated platform for monitoring production, maintenance, and printer status across both internal manufacturing and outsource supply chain capabilities. We provide full historical logging capabilities, capturing key touch points from pre-print to production to reduce machine downtime and enable gross profit margin improvements.

Our software also supports post-production processes, inspection, and assembly. This enables us to incorporate custom workflows, including improved quality assurance processes and assembly instructions. Our quality assurance feedback process creates a feedback loop between customers and manufacturers to achieve optimal product standards.

 

53


Our software enables global distribution and delivery of finished products direct to the end customer. We ship efficiently via a distribution center network and shipping service integrations. Our customer service team has deep domain expertise in additive manufacturing technology, materials, and production processing and offers end-to-end support to both customers and their end customers.

Commercializing Shapeways Software, Otto

We believe the full capabilities of our proprietary, purpose-built software will enable software customers to leverage our end-to-end manufacturing software and manufacturing capability to scale their business and shift to digital manufacturing. Through Otto, software customers can leverage our technology for capabilities such as file-upload, instant pricing, custom checkout, file optimization and manufacturing fulfillment. Software customers can also leverage our software platform to launch new hardware or materials offerings. This solution provides our software customers with the ability to maintain their branding while also providing them access to our end-to-end manufacturing software for their own manufacturing needs.

Otto enables improved customer accessibility, increased productivity and expanded manufacturing capabilities. It is our belief that Shapeways software will be useful to other manufacturers in some of the following ways:

 

   

Improved Accessibility. Our software can shift manufacturers online enabling them to improve customer accessibility. Moving offline processes online enables more streamlined quoting and ordering process, clear communication with the customer through the process, and improved customer visibility to the end-to-end manufacturing process.

 

   

Increased Productivity. Our software digitizes the process from ordering through delivery, creating significant efficiencies in the end-to-end manufacturing process. This removes manual steps in the process, minimizes unnecessary labor costs, and increases manufacturing throughput.

 

   

Expanded Capabilities. Our software will enable customers to expand their manufacturing hardware and material capabilities by leveraging our internal manufacturing capabilities and outsourced supply chain partners. This will enable software customers to expand their manufacturing capabilities and capture more customer share of wallet, without having to invest in hardware.

Customers

We have delivered over 23 million parts to over one million customers in over 175 countries through 2021. A key component of our growth has been our relationships with our customers, which has led to a high level of repeat revenue. In 2021, approximately 89% of our revenue came from customers we acquired prior to 2021, of which one customer accounted for approximately 23% of our revenue, and the remaining revenue came from customers we acquired in 2021. Our customers range from small- and medium-sized enterprises to Fortune 500 companies and are diversified across a range of industries. Shapeways supports customers’ manufacturing needs from design, prototyping, optimization, and finished part production. We expect to expand our customer base to include additional software customers as we continue to roll out further phases of Otto over the next two years.

Research and Development

Our research and development efforts are focused primarily on software development and the evaluation of new manufacturing technologies and materials to add to the Shapeways digital manufacturing platform, both internally and through our supply chain partners. The digital manufacturing landscape is evolving quickly, with new technologies and materials being brought to market at an increasingly rapid pace. Our research and

 

54


development, operations and supply chain teams have deep relationships with the leading hardware and materials providers, allowing us to stay current on new technologies coming to market. Our research and development team regularly evaluates opportunities in new technologies and materials across a range of factors including customer demand, technology maturity, and production workflow. Additionally, our research and development team work closely with hardware original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) and materials providers to ensure production quality and efficiency for our customers.

Sales and Marketing

Historically, Shapeways has been a self-service digital manufacturing platform growing through our customers and through organic customer acquisition. We are focused on direct sales and marketing efforts to both expand our customer base and retain our existing customer base. We have strong brand recognition due to our long-standing relationships with hardware OEMs and materials providers, who have also served as channels for customer acquisition. Our marketing strategy has historically focused on inbound marketing, and we plan to expand our outbound efforts, primarily focused on larger potential customers and expanding our reach in key verticals.

Our marketing strategies are focused on supporting sales growth by driving awareness of digital manufacturing and of our platform. We develop comprehensive sales and marketing content, tools, and campaigns, often in parallel with our partner network. Our internal marketing team develops content specifically aimed for both corporate executives and engineers in multiple formats such as case studies, newsletters, and webinars in order to facilitate sales and customer engagement. We regularly release communications through trade press and attend industry events and conferences to augment our vertical market strategy and build strategic relationships.

Manufacturing and Suppliers

Our manufacturing capabilities include two ISO 9001 compliant facilities in Long Island City, New York and Eindhoven, the Netherlands, as well as a network of outsource supply chain partners, all of which are managed through our proprietary software platform. Our outsource supply chain partners focus on overflow capacity to help us meet peak demand, as well as support us in efficiently launching new materials and technologies on our platform. Our internal manufacturing and supply chain teams collaborate closely with our outsource supply chain partners to ensure production quality.

We source and purchase manufacturing equipment from the leading hardware providers in the additive manufacturing ecosystem, such as 3D Systems, Carbon, EnvisionTec, EOS, ExOne, Formlabs, HP, Origin, Prodways and Desktop Metal Inc. (“Desktop Metal”). We source materials from these hardware providers as well as from leading chemicals companies such as BASF, DSM/Covestro, and Henkel. As the hardware and materials landscape continues to evolve, we expect to partner with additional hardware and materials providers, either by bringing their capabilities in house or by outsourcing to our supply chain partners.

In November 2021, as part of our existing strategic partnership with Desktop Metal, we began providing our customers access to Desktop Metal system capacity and capabilities at our manufacturing facilities. In addition, Desktop Metal announced it would leverage Shapeways’ manufacturing capabilities and purpose-built software platform, Otto, to provide its customers with access to fully digitized, end-to-end 3D printing workflows.

Our Competition

The industry in which we operate is fragmented and competitive. We compete for customers with a range of digital manufacturing platforms, including Materialise NV, Proto Labs, Inc., service bureaus, digital manufacturing brokers, and small local manufacturers. We believe we are differentiated from our competitors as we provide solutions that combine proprietary software and digital manufacturing capabilities.

 

55


In particular, we believe we compare favorably to other industry participants on the basis of the following competitive factors:

 

   

Wide range of plastic materials offerings;

 

   

Growing portfolio of metals offerings with ability to supply new materials as they become available;

 

   

Part quality and consistency across over 23 million parts;

 

   

Serving a broad range of customers and industries;

 

   

End-to-end digital manufacturing solution from design and repair to production and distribution;

 

   

Proprietary software platform to streamline customer operations;

 

   

Strategic ecosystem of partner integrations; and

 

   

Opportunity to expand to traditional manufacturing capabilities and capture more customers’ share of wallet.

Intellectual Property

Our ability to drive innovation in the digital manufacturing market depends in part upon our ability to protect our core technology and software know-how. We attempt to protect our intellectual property rights through a combination of patent, trademark, domain names, copyright and trade secret laws, as well as through contractual provisions and restrictions on access to our proprietary technology which includes both nondisclosure and invention assignment agreements with our consultants and employees and non- disclosure agreements with our vendors and business partners. While unpatented research, development, know-how and engineering skills are important to our business, we pursue patent protection when we believe it is possible and consistent with our overall strategy for safeguarding intellectual property. Our existing patents are expected to expire between 2031 through 2038.

As of December 31, 2021, we owned 15 issued patents, including 8 United States patents and 7 issued foreign patents. Shapeways’ patents and patent applications are directed to proprietary technology used in mass customization design tools, part costing, evaluating manufacturability, manufacturing planning, and the manufacturing process.

We have registered “Shapeways” as a trademark in Australia, Canada, China, the European Union, India, Israel, Japan, New Zealand, Singapore, South Korea, Taiwan, the United Kingdom, and the United States.

Seasonality

Our revenues and operating results may fluctuate from quarter-to-quarter and year-to-year due to our sales cycle and seasonal reductions in business activity among our customers, particularly during the summer months in Europe.

Human Capital

At Shapeways, we hold ourselves accountable for upholding our corporate responsibility and sustainability practices. “ROW” is the theme of our values, meaning we all contribute individually, but we will only succeed working as a team to achieve company goals. It is also an acronym for our individual values that are exemplified in what we do and how we do it:

 

   

Raise the Bar: For ourselves, our teams, and our products.

 

   

Over Communicate: Go above and beyond to keep each other informed.

 

   

Win Together: Enable and support each other on the pathway to success.

 

56


Workforce Demographics

As of December 31, 2021, we had 152 employees, including 98 in the United States and 54 in the Netherlands. We also regularly use independent contractors and other temporary employees to supplement our regular staff. We believe that our future success will depend partly on our continued ability to attract, hire and retain qualified, diverse and inclusive personnel.

We are an equal opportunity employer, and we believe that having a diverse workforce drives innovation and resilience. Gender and ethnic diversity, inclusion, and performance go hand in hand. Our workforce is comprised of engineers, technicians, salespeople, and business professionals, of which 35% were racially diverse as of December 31, 2021.

The success of our business is fundamentally connected to our employees and their well-being. We are committed to the health, safety, and wellness of our employees around the globe. We provide our employees with a wide range of benefits, including benefits directed to their health, safety, and long-term financial security. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we have implemented significant changes that we determined were in the best interest of our employees, as well as the communities in which we operate, and which comply with government regulations. This includes allowing our employees to work remotely as appropriate, while implementing significant safety measures designed to protect the health of anyone entering our facilities.

Total Rewards

A competitive total rewards program is integral to our success, which depends considerably on our ability to attract and retain highly engaged employees in a dynamic and changing business environment.

We review base compensation for non-executive employees semiannually, and we review equity, benefits, and perquisites annually. To do so, we analyze many factors, including individual and corporate performance, managers’ feedback, and market data from third-party compensation surveys.

Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (DEI)

We believe it is important to foster a culture of belonging and acceptance, and to create a workplace environment free of bias. To do this we are dedicated to driving DEI efforts from committees composed of employees and management of all levels dedicated to creating business case initiatives championing our diversity strategy and for the fiscal year 2022 we aim to increase diversity hires by 50% compared to 2021. We also hold annual employee, board, and contractor trainings on DEI matters.

Engagement

Having a highly engaged workforce is necessary for retaining talent and ensuring the continued success of our organization. To do so, we continually gather employee feedback both internally through employee lifecycle surveys (onboarding, satisfaction, pulse, and exit) and externally. We analyze the data throughout the year to identify our strengths and weaknesses, patterns, and issues. Our goal is to focus on continuous improvement, whether by growing our areas of strength or improving where we are weakest.

Learning and Development

We invest in our employees through on-the-job training. We provide all employees with a membership to an online learning platform on their first day, where they have access to thousands of business, creative, and technology courses free of charge to the employees.

 

57


Semi-annually we request employees provide feedback on their career goals and aspirations. These surveys focus on employees’ current skills and knowledge and identify skills gaps and areas of interest for further development. Our human resources team analyzes the responses and collects managers’ input to create individual development plans for every employee.

Product Responsibility

We strive to foster a community and marketplace where our customers can convert their ideas into reality. However, that range of expression has its limits. As such, we implement a weapons and content policy to prevent the manufacture of products that are dangerous or obscene. Examples of prohibited content include guns, gun parts, and models that represent or endorse hate speech.

Employees throughout the sales and production process are trained to identify and reject problematic models. Our manufacturing partners are also required to comply with this policy and inform Shapeways of any non-complying products.

Workplace Safety

We are committed to creating a safe, secure, and healthy work environment for our employees. Our focus is on reducing significant safety risks and driving a strong safety culture through communication, awareness, and visible leadership. To assist in achieving this commitment, we provide safety trainings and necessary personal protective equipment (“PPE”) at all facilities. We monitor injury and illness health and safety metrics across our organization to continually evaluate our safety programs to meet the needs of our teams.

Environmental

We strive to maximize recycling in our facilities. We recycle metal, plastic, and paper. The minimal hazardous waste streams are handled by reputable third party providers. Beyond this, we have introduced several materials offerings that are plant-based and have high recycling rates within our manufacturing process. One of the benefits of 3D printing is that additive manufacturing uses only the material needed to produce the final part, and as a result there is substantially less production waste than with traditional manufacturing.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters is located in New York, New York. We lease a 25,000 square foot manufacturing facility in Long Island City, and the lease expires in January 2023. We lease another 18,837 square foot facility in Eindhoven, Netherlands, and the lease of this facility expires in September 2024. We believe that our facilities are adequate for our current needs and, should the company need additional space, we believe we will be able to obtain additional space on commercially reasonable terms.

Government Regulations

We are subject to various laws, regulations and permitting requirements of federal, state, and local authorities, including related to environmental, health and safety, anti-corruption, and export controls. We believe that we are in material compliance with all such laws, regulations, and permitting requirements.

Prior to utilizing Shapeways’ services, all Shapeways customers must agree to Shapeways Terms and Conditions wherein, among other things, customers warrant that any files they upload are their original creation and not copied from any third party or entity. The Shapeways Terms and Conditions also contain additional legal safeguards protecting Shapeways from intellectual property infringement by its customers, such as their acknowledgement of their compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations and their indemnification of Shapeways for any claims resulting from their infringement of any third party intellectual property.

 

58


In addition to the Shapeways Terms and Conditions, Shapeways implements other safeguards and policies to eliminate or reduce exposure to third party intellectual property infringement. Specifically, Shapeways utilizes a keyword filter that screens all product listings for specific terms prior to the listings’ publication on the Shapeways marketplace. The keyword filter screens terms (i) related to products where Shapeways has observed substantial prior unauthorized intellectual property use, and (ii) added upon request by certain intellectual property rights holders who have sent Shapeways notices under the Digital Millennium Copyright Act (“DMCA”). The keyword filter is periodically updated. Once a listing has been flagged by Shapeways’ keyword filter, the listing enters into a queue for manual review by Shapeways’ content review team and/or the legal department. The content review team and/or the legal department reviews the listing for unauthorized use of intellectual property.

The primary intellectual property-related statute that applies to Shapeways’ business is the DMCA, which, among other things, provides a copyright safe harbor for online service providers and a formal procedure for submitting copyright takedown notices. The takedown procedure consists of six requirements which establish the proper standing of the individual or organization providing notice, and specify the infringing and infringed material. Once a proper DMCA takedown notice is received, Shapeways promptly removes the content and informs the customer of the takedown notice that Shapeways received. The customer then has an opportunity to file a counter notice to reinstate the content. Although there is no DMCA equivalent for trademarks, Shapeways applies a similar takedown procedure for those instances.

Environmental Matters

We are subject to domestic and foreign environmental laws and regulations governing our operations, including, but not limited to, emissions into the air and water and the use, handling, disposal, and remediation of hazardous substances. A certain risk of environmental liability is inherent in our production activities. These laws and regulations govern, among other things, the generation, use, storage, registration, handling, and disposal of chemicals and waste materials, the presence of specified substances in electrical products, the emission and discharge of hazardous materials into the ground, air, or water, the cleanup of contaminated sites, including any contamination that results from spills due to our failure to properly dispose of chemicals and other waste materials, and the health and safety of our employees. We are required to obtain environmental permits from governmental authorities for certain operations.

The export of our products internationally from our production facilities subjects us to environmental laws and regulations concerning the import and export of chemicals and hazardous substances such as the Toxic Substances Control Act and Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 December 2006 concerning the Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation and Restriction of Chemicals. These laws and regulations require the evaluation and registration of some chemicals that we ship along with, or that form a part of, our systems and other products.

Export and Trade Matters

We are subject to anti-corruption laws and regulations imposed by governments around the world with jurisdiction over our operations, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, as well as the laws of the countries where we do business. We are also subject to various trade restrictions, including trade and economic sanctions and export controls, imposed by governments around the world with jurisdiction over our operations. For example, in accordance with trade sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control and the U.S. Department of Commerce, we are prohibited from engaging in transactions involving certain persons and certain designated countries or territories. In addition, our products are subject to export regulations that can involve significant compliance time and may add additional overhead cost to our products. In recent years the United States government has a renewed focus on export matters related to additive manufacturing. Some of our products are already more tightly controlled for export, and other of our products may in the future become more tightly controlled for export. For example, the Export Control Reform Act of 2018 and regulatory guidance thereunder have imposed additional controls and may result in the imposition of further additional controls, on the export of certain “emerging and foundational technologies.” Our current and future products may be subject to these heightened regulations, which could increase our compliance costs.

 

59


Legal Proceedings

We are from time to time subject to various claims, lawsuits, and other legal and administrative proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. Some of these claims, lawsuits, and other proceedings may involve highly complex issues that are subject to substantial uncertainties, and could result in damages, fines, penalties, non-monetary sanctions, or relief. Due to the inherent uncertain nature of litigation, the ultimate outcome or actual cost of settlement may materially vary from estimates.

 

60


MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The business and affairs of the Company is managed by or under the direction of the Board. The Board consists of seven (7) members, divided into three classes of staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the same class whose term is then expiring. The following table sets forth certain information, as of the date of this prospectus, concerning the persons who serve as officers and directors of the Company:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Josh Wolfe

     44      Chairman, Director

Greg Kress

     40      Chief Executive Officer, Director

Jennifer Walsh

     47      Chief Financial Officer

Miko Levy

     43      Chief Revenue Officer

Alberto Recchi

     48      Director

Patrick S. Jones

     77      Director

Robert Jan Galema

     55      Director

Ryan Kearny

     53      Director

Leslie Campbell

     63      Director

Executive Officers

Greg Kress. Since the consummation of the Business Combination, Greg Kress has served as our Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Kress served as Legacy Shapeways’ Chief Executive Officer and a member of Legacy Shapeways’ board of directors from January 2018 to the consummation of the Business Combination. From 2014 to 2017, Mr. Kress served as Chief Operating Officer then President at Open English, an online education platform. Prior to that, he was a member of the corporate leadership staff at GE, where he held a series of roles in global commercial operations and supply chain management as well as environmental health and safety. Mr. Kress’s background as an innovative and results-driven leader with experience in large and mid-size organizations brings substantial operating experience to our Board. Mr. Kress earned his Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering from Penn State University.

Miko Levy. Since the consummation of the Business Combination Miko Levy has served as our Chief Revenue Officer. Mr. Levy served as Legacy Shapeways’ Chief Revenue Officer from September 2019 to the consummation of the Business Combination. He brings a strong track record of success in driving business growth while expanding sales channels and driving global marketing momentum. From 2013 to 2019, Miko served as a Vice President for Outbrain, a web advertising platform. Before that, he held a series of leadership and marketing positions, at Conduit, ROASTe, and 888. Mr. Levy earned his Masters in Business Administration in Marketing and Entrepreneurship from Tel Aviv University and a Bachelor of Arts in Economics and Management from the Academic College of Tel-Aviv.

Jennifer Walsh. Since the consummation of the Business Combination, Jennifer Walsh has served as our Chief Financial Officer. Ms. Walsh served as Legacy Shapeways’ Chief Financial Officer from March 2018 to the consummation of the Business Combination and expanded her role to Chief Operating Officer of Legacy Shapeways in 2019. From 2015 to 2018, Ms. Walsh served as CFO for Return Path, a global SaaS and data solutions business. Before that, she was Vice President of Finance and Operations for communications consulting firm maslansky+partners and also served as a divisional CFO at (fka) Time Warner, overseeing nine Time brands spanning print, digital, mobile, TV, events, and licensed retail products. Ms. Walsh earned her Bachelor of Science from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania and a Masters of Business Administration from Columbia Business School.

Non-Employee Directors

Josh Wolfe. Since the consummation of the Business Combination, Josh Wolfe has served as Chairman of the Board. Mr. Wolfe served on Legacy Shapeways’ board of directors from May 2012 to the consummation of the Business Combination. Mr. Wolfe is a Managing Director of Lux Capital, a venture capital firm he

 

61


co- founded in 2000. Mr. Wolfe currently serves on the board of directors of a number of private companies. Mr. Wolfe earned his Bachelor of Science in Applied Economics from Cornell University. Mr. Wolfe’s background in identifying and building next-generation technologies and companies brings broad expertise that allows him to make valuable contributions to our Board.

Leslie C.G. Campbell. Leslie C. G. Campbell has served as a member of our Board and chair of the compensation and human capital committee since October 2021. Ms. Campbell previously served as the Chief Procurement Officer for Reed Elsevier, Inc., from September 2007 to December 2012. From March 1998 to September 2007, Ms. Campbell held a number of positions at Dell, Inc., most recently as the Vice President of Worldwide Procurement, and previously as the Vice President and General Manager, Global Segment EMEA. Ms. Campbell held a number of positions at Oracle Corporation from May 1990 to January 1998, most recently as Vice President, Corporate Purchasing. From August 1982 to May 1990, she held a number of positions at KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, a member firm of KPMG International, most recently as a Senior Manager. Ms. Campbell has served as a member of the board of directors of Coupa Software, Inc. since May 2016, a member of the board of directors of PetMed Express, Inc. since July 2018, and a member of the board of directors of LiveVox Holdings, Inc. since June 2021. She also serves, or has served, on the advisory boards of several private and non-profit enterprises. Ms. Campbell holds a B.A. in Business Administration from the University of Washington and is NACD Directorship Certified®. We believe Ms. Campbell possesses specific skills and attributes that qualify her to serve as a member of the Board, including her experience as a public board director and her extensive operating experience in general management and supply chain, her international operational and financial expertise, and her experience in the technology industry.

Patrick S. Jones. Prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, Patrick S. Jones served as a member of the board of directors of Galileo. Since the consummation of the Business Combination, Mr. Jones has served as a member of the Board and chair of the audit committee. Mr. Jones is a private investor with considerable independent board member experience with a variety of technology companies. Mr. Jones served as audit committee chairman and independent board member for Talend SA, a SaaS software company, from 2015 to August 2021. He currently serves as an independent board member of Itesoft SA, a software company, since 2014. Previously, from 2007 to 2017, he was Chairman of the Board of Lattice Semiconductor, Chairman of the Board of Inside Secure (renamed Verimatrix), Chairman of the Board of Dialogic, Chairman of the Board of Epocrates, and has served on other boards including Fluidigm, Openwave Systems and Novell. Prior to this, he was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for Gemplus SA. Prior to this, Mr. Jones was Vice President of Finance -Corporate Controller for Intel Corp. Mr. Jones has an undergraduate degree from the University of Illinois, and an MBA from Saint Louis University. We believe Mr. Jones is well- qualified to serve on the Board due to his extensive investment and board experience.

Robert Jan Galema. Since the consummation of the Business Combination, Robert Jan Galema has served as a member of the Board. Mr. Galema served as a member of Legacy Shapeways’ board of directors from June 2015 to the consummation of the Business Combination. Mr. Galema is a Managing Partner at INKEF Capital, a venture capital firm he joined in 2013. Mr. Galema serves on the board of directors of a number of private companies. Mr. Galema earned his Masters of Science in Economics from Erasmus University Rotterdam. Mr. Galema’s background in identifying and building next-generation technologies and companies, as well as his operation experiences, brings valuable contributions to our Board.

Ryan Kearny. Since the consummation of the Business Combination, Ryan Kearny has served as a member of the Board. Mr. Kearny has served as an independent board member for Talend SA, from November 2020 to July 2021. Mr. Kearny has held the position of Chief Technology Officer and Senior Vice President of Development since September 2019 at Lassen Peak, a software security company. Prior to that position, Mr. Kearny served in various increasingly senior roles at F5 Networks, Inc., an application services and application delivery networking company, including serving as Senior Vice President of F5 Networks’ Cloud, Orchestration and Service Provider Product Groups from January 2012 to September 2016, and Chief Technology Officer and Executive Vice President/Senior Vice President of Product Development from September 2016 to May 2019. Mr. Kearny holds a B.S.E.E. degree in electrical and computer engineering from the University of Washington. We believe that Mr. Kearny is well-qualified to serve as a member of the Board because of his experience driving technology strategy, roadmap, and growth for more than two decades in various executive roles.

 

62


Alberto Recchi. Prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, Alberto Recchi served as the Chief Financial Officer and a member of the board of directors of Galileo. Since the consummation of the Business Combination, Mr. Recchi has served as a member of the Board and chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee. Mr. Recchi has over 15 years of experience in corporate and leveraged finance, mergers and acquisitions, and principal investing, in both the North American and Western European markets. In 2019, he founded Ampla Capital, a merchant bank, based in New York, which focuses on proprietary direct co-investments. Previously, from 2016 to 2019, he was a Managing Director at MC Square Capital, a co-investment platform and cross-border boutique merchant bank. Prior to this, Mr. Recchi spent 12 years at Credit Suisse, where he worked in the Private Banking and Wealth Management Division in London for three years, advising corporate treasury departments, single and multi-family offices, ultra-high net worth individuals. Prior to that he worked in the Investment Banking Division for nine years, advising financial sponsors in the United States and European Union, structuring and executing LBOs, IPOs and M&A deals, based in New York first and London thereafter. Mr. Recchi holds B.S. and M.S. degrees in Aerospace Engineering from the Polytechnic of Turin, Italy, an MBA from Columbia Business School as well as an M&A Certificate of Mastery issued by the New York Institute of Finance. Mr. Recchi is NACD Directorship Certified® and holds a certification in Additive Manufacturing Fundamentals (CAM-F) by ToolingU-SME. We believe Mr. Recchi is well-qualified to serve on the Board due to his extensive investment and finance background in both the United States and Western Europe.

Composition of the Board

The Company’s business affairs are managed under the direction of the Board. Subject to amendments to the terms of the Charter and Bylaws, the number of directors will be fixed by the Board.

The Board consists of seven members, divided into three classes of staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of its stockholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the same class whose term is then expiring, as follows:

 

   

the Class I directors, Robert Jan Galema and Ryan Kearny, serving until the annual meeting to be held in 2022;

 

   

the Class II directors, Alberto Recchi and Patrick S. Jones, serving until the annual meeting to be held in 2023; and

 

   

the Class III directors, Josh Wolfe, Greg Kress and Leslie Campbell, serving until the annual meeting to be held in 2024.

When considering whether directors and director nominees have the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills, taken as a whole, to enable the Board to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively in light of its business and structure, the Board expects to focus primarily on each person’s background and experience as reflected in the information discussed in each of the directors’ individual biographies set forth above in order to provide an appropriate mix of experience and skills relevant to the size and nature of its business.

Director Independence

The Board consists of seven members, six of whom qualify as independent within the meaning of the independent director guidelines of NYSE.

The Company’s common stock is listed on NYSE. Under the rules of NYSE, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors. In addition, the rules of NYSE require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent. Under the rules of NYSE, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Audit committee members must also satisfy the additional independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and the rules of NYSE. Compensation committee members must also satisfy the additional independence criteria set forth in Rule 10C-1 under the Exchange Act and the rules of NYSE.

We have undertaken a review of the independence of each director and considered whether each director has a material relationship that could compromise his or her ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities. As a result of this review, we have determined that Josh Wolfe, Robert Jan Galema, Patrick S. Jones, Alberto Recchi, Ryan Kearny and Leslie Campbell are “independent directors” as defined under the listing requirements and rules of NYSE and the applicable rules of the Exchange Act.

 

63


Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Committees of the Board

The Board has an audit committee, compensation and human capital committee and nominating and corporate governance committee. All of the committees comply with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, NYSE and SEC rules and regulations as further described below. The responsibilities of each of the committees of the Board is described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until as otherwise determined by the Board.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

   

appointing, compensating, retaining, evaluating, terminating and overseeing the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

discussing with the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm their independence from management;

 

   

reviewing, with the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, the scope and results of their audit;

 

   

approving all audit and permissible non-audit services to be performed by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

overseeing the financial reporting process and discussing with management and the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm the quarterly and annual financial statements that the Company files with the SEC;

 

   

overseeing the Company’s financial and accounting controls and compliance with legal and regulatory requirements;

 

   

overseeing the Company’s policies on risk management, including reviewing the Company’s cybersecurity and other information technology risks, controls and procedures, including the Company’s plans to mitigate cybersecurity risks and to respond to data breaches;

 

   

reviewing related person transactions; and

 

   

establishing procedures for the confidential anonymous submission of concerns regarding questionable accounting, internal controls or auditing matters.

The Company’s audit committee consists of Patrick S. Jones, Alberto Recchi, and Ryan Kearny, with Patrick S. Jones serving as chair. The Board has affirmatively determined that each member of the audit committee qualifies as independent under NYSE rules applicable to board members generally and under NYSE rules and Exchange Act Rule 10A-3 specific to audit committee members. All members of the Company’s audit committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable NYSE rules. In addition, the Board has determined that each of Mr. Jones and Mr. Recchi qualifies as the “audit committee financial expert,” as that term is defined in Item 401(h) of Regulation S-K. The written charter for the audit committee is available on the Company’s corporate website at www.Shapeways.com. The information on the Company’s website is deemed not to be incorporated in this prospectus or to be part of this prospectus.

Compensation and Human Capital Committee

The Company’s compensation and human capital committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

   

reviewing and approving the corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, and reviewing and approving the compensation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, provided that the Chief Executive Officer may not be present during voting or deliberations on his or her compensation;

 

64


   

in consultation with the Chief Executive Officer, establishing, and evaluating performance against, the corporate performance goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of the executive officers other than the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, and reviewing and approving all compensation to be paid or awarded to all other executive officers and other employees that report directly to the Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

overseeing the Company’s overall compensation structure and material benefit plans;

 

   

reviewing and making recommendations to the Board regarding the Company’s compensation and benefit plans and equity incentive plans;

 

   

making recommendations to the Board regarding the compensation of the Company’s non-employee directors;

 

   

determining stock ownership guidelines for independent directors and executive officers

 

   

of the Company and monitoring compliance with such guidelines; and

 

   

retaining and overseeing any compensation consultants.

The Company’s compensation and human capital committee consists of Leslie Campbell, Josh Wolfe, Robert Jan Galema, and Alberto Recchi, with Leslie Campbell serving as chair. The Company has affirmatively determined that each member qualifies as independent under NYSE rules and are “non-employee directors” as defined in Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act. The written charter for the compensation and human capital committee is available on the Company’s corporate website at www.Shapeways.com. The information on the Company’s websites is deemed not to be incorporated in this prospectus or to be part of this prospectus.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The Company’s nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

   

identifying individuals qualified to become members of the Board, consistent with criteria approved by the Board;

 

   

overseeing succession planning for the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers;

 

   

periodically reviewing the Board’s leadership structure and recommending any proposed changes to the Board;

 

   

leading the periodic performance review of the Board, its committees and management;

 

   

developing, evaluating and recommending to the Board a set of corporate governance guidelines; and

 

   

periodically reviewing and assessing policies, practices, risk assessments and risk management regarding corporate social responsibility and sustainability performance, including environmental, social and governance matters.

The Company’s nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Alberto Recchi, Patrick S. Jones, and Leslie Campbell, with Alberto Recchi serving as chair. The Company has affirmatively determined that each member qualifies as independent under NYSE rules. The written charter for the nominating and corporate governance committee is available on the Company’s corporate website at investors.shapeways.com. The information on the Company’s websites is deemed not to be incorporated in this prospectus or to be part of this prospectus.

Code of Conduct

The Company has a code of conduct that applies to all of its executive officers, directors and employees, including its principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller or persons performing similar functions. The code of conduct is available on the Investor Relations section of our website at investors.shapeways.com. The Company intends to make any legally required disclosures regarding amendments to, or waivers of, provisions of its code of conduct on its website rather than by filing a Current Report on Form 8-K. The information on the Company’s website is deemed not to be incorporated in this prospectus or to be part of this prospectus.

 

65


Risk Oversight

Our Corporate Governance Guidelines provide that our Board, as a whole and through its standing committees, has responsibility for the oversight of the Company’s risk management. Our Board and committees discharge this duty by receiving management presentations, including risk assessments, from all functional areas of our company, and discussing these assessments with management.

Our audit committee discusses with management and our independent auditors the management of risks associated with the Company’s internal accounting and financial controls. Our audit committee also assesses the Company’s guidelines and policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management, including but not limited to, reviewing, assessing and monitoring compliance with the Company’s investment policy and debt agreements. Such oversight also includes reviewing the Company’s cybersecurity and other information technology risks, controls and procedures, including the Company’s plans to mitigate cybersecurity risks and to respond to data breaches

Our compensation and human capital committee oversees risks related to our compensation policies and programs, including an annual review of the Company’s risk management processes related to its compensation programs, including to determine whether any such program encourages undue or inappropriate risk-taking by Company personnel that is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company. Our nominating and corporate governance committee oversees the management of risks associated with director independence, conflicts of interest, composition and organization of our Board, and director succession planning, as well as risks relating to corporate social responsibility and sustainability performance, including environmental, social and governance matters.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Sponsor Participation

None of the Company’s executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee (or other committee performing equivalent functions) of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on the Board or compensation committee.

Shapeways Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

The Company has implemented a compensation policy for its non-employee directors. Such policy includes an annual cash retainer for all non-employee directors, in addition to equity grants determined by the compensation committee and reimbursement for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with attending board and committee meetings. See the section titled “Executive Compensation — Executive Officer and Director Compensation — Director Compensation” for the terms of the Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy.

 

66


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Unless the context otherwise requires, any reference in this section of this prospectus to “Shapeways,” “we,” “us” or “our” refers to Shapeways, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries prior to the consummation of the Business Combination and to Shapeways Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries following the Business Combination.

Executive Officer and Director Compensation

Executive Compensation

The policies of Shapeways with respect to the compensation of its executive officers are administered by the Board in consultation with its compensation and human capital committee. Shapeways may also rely on data and analyses from third parties, such as compensation consultants, in connection with its compensation programs.

Shapeways intends to design and implement programs to provide for compensation that is sufficient to attract, motivate and retain executives of Shapeways and potentially other individuals and to establish an appropriate relationship between executive compensation and the creation of stockholder value.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, Shapeways’ named executive officers were Gregory Kress, Chief Executive Officer, Miko Levy, Chief Revenue Officer, and Jennifer Walsh, Chief Financial Officer.

This section provides an overview of Shapeways’ executive compensation programs, including a narrative description of the material factors necessary to understand the information disclosed in the summary compensation table below.

Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2021

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of the named executive officers for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020.

 

     Year      Salary
($)(1)
     Bonus ($)    

Stock
Awards

($)(3)

     Option
Awards
($)(4)
     Non-Equity
Incentive
Compens ation(5)
     All Other
Compensat ion ($)(6)
     Total ($)  

Gregory Kress

     2021      $ 359,021      $ 79,013     $ 1,046,949        —          —        $ 11,600      $ 1,496,583  

Chief Executive Officer

     2020      $ 350,000      $ 200,000 (2)      —        $ 242,959        —        $ 8,550      $ 801,509  

Miko Levy

     2021      $ 262,885      $ 92,500     $ 51,490        —          —        $ 11,600      $ 418,475  

Chief Revenue Officer

     2020      $ 250,000      $ 100,000       —        $ 24,296      $ 90,000      $ 8,550      $ 472,846  

Jennifer Walsh

     2021      $ 333,375      $ 51,188     $ 840,983        —          —        $ 11,600      $ 1,237,146  

Chief Financial Officer

     2020      $ 325,000      $ 97,500       —          —          —        $ 8,550      $ 431,050  

 

(1)

The amounts in this column represent the base salaries earned in fiscal years 2021 and 2020.

(2)

In 2020, Mr. Kress’s bonus was contingent upon closing funding for Legacy Shapeways. His original target was $150,000; however, the Legacy Shapeways board of directors approved a larger bonus of $200,000 in 2020 for superior performance as determined by the Legacy Shapeways board of directors, as shown above.

(3)

There were no stock awards granted in 2020 to named executive officers. The amounts disclosed in this column for 2021 include the grant-date fair value for all stock awards, consisting of both time-based restricted stock units (“Transaction Bonus RSUs”) and performance-based restricted stock units (“Earn-Out

 

67


  RSUs”) computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718. The Transaction Bonus RSUs vested within 30 days of the Closing Date and settled in shares of Common Stock of the Company within 74 days following the Closing Date. The value of the Earn-Out RSUs are based on the probable outcome of the performance condition to which such awards are subject, which was calculated using a Monte Carlo valuation model in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Based on the foregoing, the grant date fair value is $1.15 per share for the Earn-Out RSUs granted to each of Mr. Kress, Mr. Levy, and Ms. Walsh that are based on the relative price of the Company’s Common Stock. The grant date fair value of the Earn-Out RSUs, based upon the trading price of the Company’s Common Stock as of the grant date ($3.80), and assuming achievement at the maximum level of performance, is $308,949 for Mr. Kress, $51,490 for Mr. Levy, and $102,983 for Ms. Walsh. See Note 12 to Shapeways’ audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of the assumptions made by Shapeways in determining the grant-date fair value of Shapeways’ equity awards.
(4)

The amounts in this column represent the aggregate grant-date fair value of the granted option awards, computed in accordance with the FASB’s ASC Topic 718. See Note 12 to Shapeways’ audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of the assumptions made by Shapeways in determining the grant-date fair value of Shapeways’ equity awards.

(5)

The amount in this column represents commissions paid based on sales commission awards under Shapeways’ sales compensation incentive plan.

(6)

The amounts in this column represent employer contributions made to each named executive officer’s 401(k) plan account in respect of 2021 and 2020.

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table

For fiscal years 2021 and 2020, the compensation program for Shapeways’ named executive officers consisted of base salary and incentive compensation, delivered in the form of cash bonus opportunities, stock awards and option awards. In 2020, Mr. Kress and Mr. Levy received option awards; and in 2021 stock awards were granted to the named executive officers.

Base Salary

Base salary is set at a level that is commensurate with the executive’s duties and authorities, contributions, prior experience and sustained performance.

Cash Bonus

Cash bonus opportunities are also set at a level that is commensurate with the executive’s duties and authorities, contributions, prior experience and sustained performance. With respect to each of Messrs. Kress and Levy and Ms. Walsh we have entered into an offer letter, described below, which sets forth his or her cash bonus opportunities. Each executive’s bonus is subject to varying bonus targets as detailed in the offer letters with each of Messrs. Kress and Levy and Ms. Walsh which are described below. Beginning in 2022, the executives’ bonuses, if earned, will be paid once annually during the first quarter of the following calendar year.

2010 Stock Plan

Shapeways’ board of directors adopted, and Shapeways’ stockholders approved, the 2010 Stock Plan in 2010. Each of the named executive officers hold options under the 2010 Stock Plan, as described below. In connection with the Business Combination, the 2010 Stock Plan was terminated.

The maximum number of shares of Shapeways common stock reserved for grant under the 2010 Stock Plan is 16,942,546 shares. As of the Closing Date, stock options to purchase 4,900,523 shares of Shapeways’ common stock with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.62 per share were outstanding under the 2010 Stock Plan. There were no outstanding awards under the 2010 Stock Plan other than these options.

 

68


Administration. Shapeways’ board of directors, or a committee delegated by the Shapeways board of directors, administers the 2010 Stock Plan. Subject to the terms of the 2010 Stock Plan, the administrator has the power to, among other things, determine the eligible persons to whom, and the times at which, awards will be granted, to determine the terms and conditions of each award (including the number of shares subject to the award, the exercise or purchase price of the award, and when the award will vest and, as applicable, become exercisable), to modify or amend outstanding awards, or accept the surrender of outstanding awards and substitute new awards, to accelerate the time(s) at which an award may vest or be exercised, and to construe and interpret the terms of the 2010 Stock Plan and awards granted thereunder.

Options. Shapeways’ employees and service providers have historically received stock options pursuant to the 2010 Stock Plan. Each of the named executive officers has been granted a mix of Investment Stock Options (“ISOs”) and Non-qualified Stock Options (“NSOs”). See the “Outstanding Equity Awards at 2020 Fiscal Year End” table below for further information about Shapeways’ named executive officers’ outstanding options as of December 31, 2020.

The exercise price per share of options granted under the 2010 Stock Plan must be at least 100% of the fair market value per share of Shapeways’ common stock on the grant date. Subject to the provisions of the 2010 Stock Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of options, including any vesting and exercisability requirements, the method of payment of the option exercise price, the option expiration date, and the period following termination of service during which options may remain exercisable.

Changes to Capital Structure; Corporate Transactions. In the event of certain changes to Shapeways’ capital structure, such as a stock dividend, stock split or reverse stock split, appropriate adjustments will be made to (a) the number of shares available for issuance under the 2010 Stock Plan, and (b) the number of shares covered by and, as applicable, the exercise price and the kind of underlying security of each outstanding award granted under the 2010 Stock Plan. In the event Shapeways is party to a corporate transaction (as defined in the 2010 Stock Plan), the Shapeways board of directors or committee administering the 2010 Stock Plan may take one or more of the following actions to provide for: (i) the continuation of the options by Shapeways (if Shapeways is the surviving corporation), (ii) the assumption or substitution of options by the successor or surviving corporation, (iii) upon written notice, the termination of unexercised options prior to the reorganization event, (iv) the cancellation and purchase of outstanding options for an amount equal to the amount that could have been obtained upon the exercise of the option and sale of the underlying stock had such option been currently exercisable, or (v) the cancellation of such outstanding options.

Plan Amendment or Termination. Shapeways’ board of directors may amend, modify, or terminate the 2010 Stock Plan at any time. The 2010 Stock Plan was terminated in connection with the Closing of the Business Combination.

Retirement Benefits and Perquisites. Shapeways provides benefits to its named executive officers on the same basis as provided to all of its employees, including health, dental and vision insurance; pet insurance; life insurance; accidental death and dismemberment insurance; short-and long-term disability insurance; and a tax-qualified Section 401(k) plan for which Shapeways makes safe harbor contributions on behalf of its employees. In 2020, the contribution amount was equal to 3% of employees’ compensation. In 2021, Shapeways increased the contribution amount to 4% of employees’ compensation. Shapeways does not maintain any executive-specific benefit or perquisite programs.

Acceleration of Mr. Kress’s, Ms. Walsh’s and Mr. Levy’s Option Awards

In view of the substantial contributions from Mr. Kress, Ms. Walsh and Mr. Levy in connection with the Business Combination, the Shapeways board of directors, as administrator of the 2010 Stock Plan, took action to accelerate the vesting of the shares underlying the Kress options, the Walsh options and the

 

69


Levy options so that, effective as of immediately prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, each of the Kress options, the Walsh options and the Levy options vested in full. As a condition to such vesting acceleration and as a material inducement for Shapeways to enter into the Employment Agreements (the terms of which are described below in the section titled “—Shapeways Executive Officer and Director Compensation Employment Agreements”), Mr. Kress, Ms. Walsh and Mr. Levy agreed to retain all, and to not sell or transfer any, of their existing options under the 2010 Stock Plan or any shares received upon exercise of such options through the earlier of (x) December 31, 2022 and (y) a Change in Control (as defined in the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”)).

Employment Agreements

Mr. Kress reports to the Board and Mr. Levy and Ms. Walsh report to the Chief Executive Officer (each a “Key Executive”). The principal location of their services is in New York City. Each Key Executive has entered into an Employment Agreement with Shapeways.

Mr. Kress receives an annual base salary of $385,000, Mr. Levy receives an annual base salary of $300,000 and Ms. Walsh receives an annual base salary of $357,500. Each Key Executive’s annual base salary rate may be increased but not decreased, unless such decrease is made across the board to other senior executives of the Company. The compensation and human capital committee reviews the annual base salary rate of the Chief Executive Officer, and the compensation and human capital committee, with the assistance of the Chief Executive Officer, reviews the compensation of the Chief Financial Officer and the Chief Revenue Officer at least annually, with the intent to establish compensation levels consistent with competitive market standards, taking into account the growth of the Company over time.

Pursuant to the terms of each Key Executive Employment Agreement, the Key Executive is eligible to participate in the Company’s annual incentive bonus plan, as in effect from time to time (the “Company Bonus Plan”). For each fiscal year commencing with 2021, the annual target bonus opportunity under the Company Bonus Plan for Messrs. Kress and Levy and Ms. Walsh is 90%, 65% and 50%, respectively, of his or her annual base salary rate, with a maximum bonus opportunity for any fiscal year equal to 200% of his or her target opportunity. No year-end bonuses were awarded to the executives.

The performance measures under the Company Bonus Plan will be established by the compensation and human capital committee and, absent extraordinary circumstances, will be communicated to the Key Executive in the first quarter of the fiscal year for which the bonus is measured. The performance measures and targets under the Bonus Plan will be subject to adjustment by the compensation and human capital committee in case of extraordinary nonrecurring events, such as those described under relevant accounting rules, or in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations appearing in the Company’s annual report to shareholders for the applicable year, as a result of applicable tax law or accounting rule changes, or in the compensation human capital committee’s discretion. Bonuses, if earned, will be payable in the fiscal year immediately following the fiscal year for which the bonus is earned, subject to the compensation and human capital committee’s determination of the achievement of the applicable performance measures. Payments under the Company Bonus Plan will generally be subject to continued employment through the applicable payment date (except in case of certain qualifying terminations, described below).

For 2021, annual incentive bonuses were conditioned on achievement of gross margin and revenue growth goals, as described below. If the gross margin goal is not satisfied, then no bonus will be payable for such year. If the gross margin goal is satisfied, then the amount of the Key Executive’s bonus for such year will be determined based on achievement of the revenue growth goal, as follows:

 

   

The threshold revenue growth target will be 60% of budgeted target growth, meaning that if revenue growth is below such threshold target, no bonus for such year will be payable;

 

70


   

Between 60% and 100% achievement of the revenue growth target (i.e., between threshold and target achievement), the amount of the bonus for such year will be determined on a linear interpolation basis between 0% and 100% payment of target bonus; and

 

   

Between 100% and 150% (or greater) achievement of the revenue growth target (i.e., between target and maximum achievement), the amount of the bonus for such year will be determined on a linear interpolation basis between 100% and 200% payout of target bonus.

For 2021, mid-year bonuses were paid, but no year-end bonuses were awarded to the executives.

The Board or its compensation and human capital committee will review each Key Executive’s annual target and maximum bonus opportunities at least annually, with the intent to establish compensation levels consistent with competitive market standards, taking into account the growth of the Company over time. Pursuant to their employment agreement, the value of each Key Executive’s annual target and maximum bonus opportunities may be increased but not decreased, unless such decrease is made across the board to other senior executives of the Company.

Each Key Executive Employment Agreement provides that if the Company terminates the Key Executive’s employment without Cause or if the Key Executive terminates his or her employment for Good Reason, the Key Executive will be entitled to (i) six months of salary continuation at the Key Executive’s then-current base salary, (ii) a prorated portion of the actual bonus the Key Executive would have received under the Company Bonus Plan had his or her termination not occurred, (iii) any unpaid bonus that would have been payable under the Company Bonus Plan for any fiscal year preceding the fiscal year in which termination occurs had the Key Executive remained employed through the applicable payment date (the “Prior Year Bonus”), and (iv) should the Key Executive elect COBRA coverage, the Company will continue its contribution to the premium cost of the Key Executive’s coverage and that of his or her eligible dependents until the earlier of (x) the six -month anniversary of the Key Executive’s termination date and (y) the date the Key Executive begins new employment that offers group health coverage.

However, if the Key Executive’s termination occurs on or within 12 months following a consummation of a Change in Control (as generally defined in the Incentive Plan), then in lieu of the payments described above, the Key Executive will be entitled to (i) a lump sum cash payment equal to 12 months of base salary at the Key Executive’s then-current base salary rate, (ii) a prorated portion of the Key Executive’s target bonus, (iii) the Prior Year Bonus, (iv) 12 months of COBRA contributions as described above and (v) immediate vesting in full of all service-vesting conditions of all of the Key Executive’s then outstanding equity or equity-based incentive awards, it being understood that any such outstanding awards that are also subject to satisfaction of performance-vesting conditions will remain outstanding and will continue to be eligible to vest subject to the satisfaction of such conditions based on the actual results of the applicable financial or other metrics and will be payable on the regular payment dates as per the terms of the applicable award agreement; provided that any individual performance goals that are not based on objective financial performance criteria will be deemed earned at target as of the date of termination; provided, further, that if the individual award agreement or other contract between the Company and the Key Executive governing any such award provides for more favorable vesting treatment, then the more favorable treatment will apply to such award.

If the Key Executive’s employment terminates due to his or her death or is terminated by the Company due to disability, the Key Executive (or his or her heirs or estate, as applicable) will be eligible to receive (i) the Prior Year Bonus and (ii) a prorated portion of the bonus the Key Executive would have received under the Company Bonus Plan had the termination not occurred, based on actual performance results for such year.

Severance benefits are conditioned upon and subject to (i) the Key Executive’s execution of a general waiver and release of claims, (ii) compliance with restrictive covenants and (iii) resignation from all offices, boards, committees and any other offices or positions of the Company or its affiliates. Additionally, the Board and its compensation and human capital committee will cooperate in good faith to review and evaluate the Key Executive’s severance benefits on a periodic basis to take into account the growth of the Company’s business over time.

 

 

71


“Cause” is defined as (i) willful and continued failure to substantially perform duties with the Company or its affiliates (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness); (ii) gross negligence or willful misconduct in the execution of duties under the Employment Agreement; (iii) conviction of, or a plea of nolo contendere to, a crime of serious moral turpitude that causes material harm to the business or prospects of the Company or its affiliates, (iv) conviction of, or a plea of nolo contendere to, a felony (or the equivalent thereof in a jurisdiction other than the United States); (v) material breach of the Employment Agreement, the proprietary information and inventions agreement or any other material written agreement between the Key Executive and the Company or any of its affiliates; (vi) performance of any material act of theft, embezzlement, fraud or misappropriation, in each case with respect to the property of the Company or one of its affiliates; or (vii) any material breach of the material, written personnel policies of the Company or one of its affiliates, including those prohibiting acts of discrimination, harassment or retaliation. The events described in clauses (i), (ii) and (v) above will not constitute Cause unless the Company notifies the Key Executive in writing within 30 days following the Board’s actual knowledge of the event giving rise to Cause and the Key Executive has failed to cure the circumstances giving rise to Cause within 30 days following such notice.

“Good Reason” means, without the Key Executive’s consent: (i) a reduction in the Key Executive’s annual base salary or annual incentive opportunity, unless such reduction is made across the board to other senior executives of the Company and does not exceed 10% of the Key Executive’s then current annual base salary or annual incentive opportunity, as applicable; (ii) a material diminution in the Key Executive’s title, reporting relationship, authority, duties or responsibilities (other than temporarily while physically or mentally incapacitated or as required by applicable law); (iii) relocation of the Key Executive’s principal place of employment by more than 25 miles outside of New York City (unless the Key Executive is provided the opportunity, and the Key Executive consents, to work remotely); or (iv) the Company’s failure to pay compensation when due or other breach of the Employment Agreement or any other material written agreement between the Key Executive and the Company or any of its affiliates.

In April 2021, Mr. Kress entered into the Non-Competition Agreement, which became effective as of the Closing. In addition, each of the Key Executives have entered into a proprietary information and inventions agreement with Shapeways, effective as of the Closing, which contains (i) customary invention assignment and confidentiality provisions and (ii) non-compete and non-solicit covenants for 12 months post-termination of employment.

Equity Compensation

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, certain named executive officers received Earn-Out RSUs (as defined above) and Transaction Bonus RSUs (as defined above) under the Incentive Plan.

As a result of and upon the Closing, options held by our named executive officers to purchase Legacy Shapeways’ common stock (whether vested or unvested, exercisable or unexercisable) issued pursuant to its 2010 Stock Plan (the “2010 Stock Plan”), and outstanding immediately prior to the Closing were assumed and converted into (a) options to purchase an aggregate of 4,901,207 shares of common stock under the 2010 Stock Plan and (b) in the case of in-the-money options, an aggregate of 402,975 Earn-Out RSUs granted under the Incentive Plan, which Earn-Out RSUs are subject to the earnout vesting and forfeiture conditions described in the Merger Agreement.

 

72


Outstanding Equity Awards at 2021 Fiscal Year End

The following table presents information regarding outstanding equity awards held by Shapeways’ named executive officers as of December 31, 2021. The number of shares subject to each option and Earn-Out RSUs are set forth below and the applicable exercise prices are as of December 31, 2021, but have been adjusted to reflect adjustments made on the Closing Date when Shapeways options were converted into options to purchase the Company’s common stock.

 

     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#) Vested
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unvested
     Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#)
     Option
Exercise
Price
($)
    Option
Expiration
Date
     Number
of
Shares
or
Units
of
Stock
That
Have
Not
Vested
(#)
     Market
Value
of
Shares
or
Units
of
Stock
That
Have
Not
Vested
($)
     Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number
of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights
That
Have
Not
Vested
(#)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Market or
Payout
Value of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights
That
Have Not
Vested ($)
 

Gregory Kress

     932,687 (1)      —          —        $ 0.49 (2)      2/26/2028        —          —          —         —    

Chief Executive Officer

     417,735 (1)      —          —        $ 0.49       9/5/2028        —          —          —         —    
     1,007,444       —          —        $ 0.50       5/5/2030        —          —          —         —    
     —         —          —          —         —          —          —          268,651 (2)    $ 996,695 (2) 

Miko Levy

     302,233 (1)      —          —        $ 0.50       10/29/2029        —          —          —         —    

Chief Revenue Officer

     100,744       —          —        $ 0.50       5/5/2030        —          —          —         —    
     —         —          —          —         —          —          —          44,774 (2)    $ 166,112 (2) 

Jennifer Walsh

     250,980 (1)      —          —        $ 0.49       9/5/2028        —          —          —         —    

Chief Financial Officer

     89,497 (1)       —          —        $ 0.49       9/5/2028        —          —          —         —    
     402,977       —          —        $ 0.50       7/23/2029        —          —          —         —    
     —         —          —          —         —          —          —          89,550 (2)    $ 332,231 (2) 

 

(1)

The option was immediately exercisable for all shares. As further described below, effective as of the closing of the Business Combination, the unvested shares underlying the options above were accelerated in full.

(2)

Effective as of the closing of the Business Combination, the named executive officers received Earn-Out RSUs. Subject to the satisfaction of the share-price based performance vesting conditions, each Earn-out RSU represents the right to receive one share of Common Stock of the Company. The Earn-out RSUs will be subject to share-price based performance vesting conditions as follows: (i) if, at any time prior to September 29, 2024 (the “RSU Earn-out Period”), the Company’s Common Stock equals or exceeds $14.00 per share for 30 consecutive trading days, one half (1/2) of the Earn-out RSUs shall vest; and (ii) if, at any time prior to the completion of the RSU Earn-out Period, the Company’s Common Stock equals or exceeds $16.00 per share for 30 consecutive trading days, the remaining one half (1/2) of the Earn-out RSUs shall vest. If the RSU Performance Milestones (as defined below) are not met during the RSU Earn-out Period, then the applicable Earn-out RSUs shall be automatically forfeited. The fair value of the Earn-Out RSUs shown in the table assumes one half (1/2) of the Earn-out RSUs will vest and is based on the price of the Company’s Common Stock on the last trading day of 2021, which is $3.71 per share.

 

73


Fiscal Year 2021 Director Compensation

The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation of Shapeways’ non-employee directors during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021:

 

Name

   Fees Earned or
Paid
in Cash ($)
     Stock Awards
($)(1)
     Total ($)  

Josh Wolfe

   $ 17,750        —        $ 17,750  

Leslie Campbell

   $ 11,226      $ 215,000      $ 226,226  

Robert Jan Galema

   $ 12,750        —        $ 12,750  

Patrick S. Jones

   $ 14,750      $ 215,000      $ 229,750  

Ryan Kearny

   $ 11,250      $ 215,000      $ 226,250  

Alberto Recchi

   $ 14,750        —        $ 14,750  

 

(1)

The amounts in this column represent the aggregate grant-date fair value of the granted RSU awards, computed in accordance with the FASB’s ASC Topic 718. See Note 12 to Shapeways’ audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of the assumptions made by Shapeways in determining the grant-date fair value of Shapeways’ equity awards. Subject to the director’s continuing service, the service-based requirement will be satisfied in equal annual installments over a 3-year period, and the vesting date in each year will be the anniversary of the date of grant (or if there is no corresponding date, the last date of the month). Upon a transaction constituting a “Change in Control” as defined in the Incentive Plan, the service-based requirement applicable to outstanding equity awards granted pursuant thereto shall be deemed satisfied in full upon the effective date of such transaction.

Prior to the Business Combination, Shapeways had no formal arrangements under which directors received compensation for their service on the Shapeways’ board of directors or its committees. Following the consummation of the Business Combination, the Board adopted a compensation policy for its non-employee directors (the “Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy”). The Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy is designed to align compensation with Shapeways’ business objectives and the creation of stockholder value, while enabling Shapeways to attract, retain, incentivize and reward non- employee directors who contribute to the long-term success of Shapeways. The Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy provides for an annual cash retainer for all non-employee directors, in addition to equity grants determined by the compensation and human capital committee and reimbursement for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with attending board and committee meetings. Shapeways will review non-employee director compensation periodically to ensure that non-employee director compensation remains competitive such that Shapeways is able to recruit and retain qualified directors.

Cash Compensation

 

   

Each non-employee director receives an annual cash retainer of $35,000.

 

   

A non-executive chairperson is paid an additional annual cash retainer of $30,000.

 

74


   

To the extent Shapeways appoints a director as “lead independent director” (if not the chairperson), such director is paid an additional annual cash retainer of $17,500.

 

   

Directors receive an additional annual cash retainer, as set forth below, for their service on Board committees as follows:

 

Committee

   Chairperson      Member  

Audit

   $ 20,000      $ 10,000  

Compensation and Human Capital

   $ 12,000      $ 6,000  

Nominating and Corporate Governance

   $ 8,000      $ 4,000  

 

   

All cash retainers are paid in arrears in quarterly installments within 30 days after the fiscal quarter end.

Equity Compensation

Directors receive RSU awards under the Incentive Plan or any successor plan, subject to the terms and conditions of the Incentive Plan and the applicable restricted stock unit agreement.

Annual Grant. Commencing with Shapeways’ first annual meeting of stockholders, each director will receive an RSU award having a value of $125,000. The date of grant for the annual grant will be the date of the annual meeting of stockholders. The number of shares subject to the annual grant will be determined using the closing price of the common stock on the date of grant (unless such closing price is less than $4 per share, in which case $4 shall be determined to be the closing price for purposes of determining the number of shares subject to the annual grant). Subject to the director’s continuing service, the service-based requirement will be satisfied on the earlier of (A) the date of the next annual meeting of stockholders or (B) the one-year anniversary of the date of grant.

Initial Grant. Each director whose appointment or nomination as a member of the Board that occurred after the Closing received in connection with such appointment or nomination an RSU award having a value of $215,000. These awards were granted to new directors without significant existing ownership in the Company. The date of grant for an initial grant will be the date of the director’s appointment or nomination. The number of shares subject to the initial grant will be determined using the closing price of the common stock on the date of grant. Subject to the director’s continuing service, the service-based requirement will be satisfied in equal annual installments over a three-year period, and the vesting date in each year will be the anniversary of the date of grant (or if there is no corresponding date, the last date of the month).

Upon a transaction constituting a “Change in Control” as defined in the Incentive Plan, the service- based requirement applicable to outstanding equity awards granted pursuant hereto will be deemed satisfied in full upon the effective date of such transaction.

Mr. Kress does not receive additional compensation for his services as a director.

 

75


Employee Benefit Plans

2021 Equity Incentive Plan

Administration. The Incentive Plan is administered by the Board or by one or more committees to which the Board delegates such administration (as applicable, the “Incentive Plan Administrator”). Subject to the terms of the Incentive Plan, the Incentive Plan Administrator has the authority to (a) determine the eligible individuals who are to receive awards under the Incentive Plan, (b) determine the terms and conditions of awards granted under the Incentive Plan, (c) determine performance criteria and the achievement of such criteria, (d) accelerate the vesting or exercisability of, payment for or lapse of restrictions on, awards and (e) make all other decisions related to the Incentive Plan and awards granted thereunder. The Incentive Plan Administrator may also delegate to one or more senior officers of Shapeways the authority to grant awards, subject to terms and conditions determined by the Incentive Plan Administrator and within the limitations of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

Types of Awards. The Incentive Plan provides for the grant of stock options, which may be ISOs or nonstatutory stock options (“NSOs”), stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted shares, restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and other cash-based, equity-based or equity-related awards that the Incentive Plan Administrator determines are consistent with the purpose of the Incentive Plan and the interests of Shapeways, or collectively, awards.

Share Reserve. The number of shares of Shapeways’ common stock originally available for issuance under the Incentive Plan is equal to the sum of (x) 7,621,401 shares plus (y) the annual increase in shares described below.

On the first day of each calendar year during the term of the Incentive Plan, beginning on January 1, 2022 and continuing until (and including) January 1, 2031, the aggregate number of shares of Shapeways’ common stock that may be issued under the Incentive Plan will automatically increase by a number equal to the lesser of (a) five percent (5%) of the total number of shares of Shapeways’ common stock issued and outstanding shares on December 31 of the calendar year immediately preceding the date of such increase and (b) a number of shares of Shapeways’ common stock determined by the Board.

If options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units or any other awards are forfeited, cancelled or expire before being exercised or settled in full, the shares subject to such awards will again be available for issuance under the Incentive Plan. If stock appreciation rights are exercised or restricted stock units are settled, only the number of shares actually issued upon exercise or settlement of such awards will reduce the number of shares available under the Incentive Plan. If restricted shares or shares issued upon exercise of an option are reacquired by Shapeways pursuant to a forfeiture provision, repurchase right or for any other reason, then such shares will again be available for issuance under the Incentive Plan. Shares applied to pay the exercise price of an option or satisfy withholding taxes related to any award will again become available for issuance under the Incentive Plan. To the extent an award is settled in cash, the cash settlement will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the Incentive Plan.

Shares issued under the Incentive Plan may be authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares.

Incentive Stock Option Limit. No more than 7,621,401 shares of Shapeways’ common stock may be issued under the Incentive Plan upon the exercise of ISOs.

Annual Limitation on Compensation of Non-Employee Directors. The grant date fair value of awards granted to each non-employee director during any fiscal year of Shapeways may not exceed $500,000 (on a per-director basis). This limit is increased to $750,000 in the fiscal year a non-employee director is initially appointed or elected to the Board. The Board may make exceptions to such limit for a non-employee chairperson or, in extraordinary circumstances, for other non-employee directors, provided the non-employee director receiving such additional compensation does not participate in the decision to award such compensation. Compensation paid to an individual for services as an employee or consultant and awards granted in lieu of cash retainers or other fees will not count towards these limitations.

Eligibility. Employees (including officers), non-employee directors and consultants who render services to Shapeways or a parent, subsidiary or affiliate thereof (whether now existing or subsequently established) are eligible to receive awards under the Incentive Plan. ISOs may only be granted to employees of Shapeways or a parent or subsidiary thereof (whether now existing or subsequently established).

 

76


International Participation. The Incentive Plan Administrator has the authority to implement sub-plans (or otherwise modify applicable grant terms) for purposes of satisfying applicable foreign laws, conforming to applicable market practices or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable foreign laws, and the terms and conditions applicable to awards granted under any such sub-plan or modified award may differ from the terms of the Incentive Plan. Any shares issued in satisfaction of awards granted under a sub-plan will come from the Incentive Plan share reserve.

Repricing. The Incentive Plan Administrator has full authority to reprice (reduce the exercise price of) options and stock appreciation rights or to approve programs in which options and stock appreciation rights are exchanged for cash or other equity awards on terms the Incentive Plan Administrator determines.

Stock Options. A stock option is the right to purchase a certain number of shares of stock at a fixed exercise price which, pursuant to the Incentive Plan, may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of Shapeways’ common stock on the date of grant. Subject to limited exceptions, an option may have a term of up to 10 years and will generally expire sooner if the optionee’s service terminates. Options will vest at the rate determined by the Incentive Plan Administrator. An optionee may pay the exercise price of an option in cash, or, with the administrator’s consent, with shares of stock the optionee already owns, with proceeds from an immediate sale of the option shares through a broker approved by us, through a net exercise procedure or by any other method permitted by applicable law.

Stock Appreciation Rights. A stock appreciation right provides the recipient with the right to the appreciation in a specified number of shares of stock. The Incentive Plan Administrator determines the exercise price of stock appreciation rights granted under the Incentive Plan, which may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of Shapeways’ common stock on the date of grant. Subject to limited exceptions, a stock appreciation right may have a term of up to 10 years and will generally expire sooner if the recipient’s service terminates. SARs will vest at the rate determined by the Incentive Plan Administrator. Upon exercise of a SAR, the recipient will receive an amount in cash, stock, or a combination of stock and cash determined by the Incentive Plan Administrator, equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares being exercised over their exercise price.

Tax Limitations on Incentive Stock Options. The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of Shapeways’ common stock with respect to ISOs that are exercisable for the first time by an option holder during any calendar year under all of Shapeways’ stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will generally be treated as NSOs. No ISO may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of Shapeways’ total combined voting power or that of any of Shapeways’ affiliates unless (a) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant and (b) the term of the ISO does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

Restricted Stock Awards. Shares of restricted stock may be issued under the Incentive Plan for such consideration as the Incentive Plan Administrator may determine, including cash, services rendered or to be rendered to the Combined Company, promissory notes or such other forms of consideration permitted under applicable law. Restricted shares may be subject to vesting, as determined by the Incentive Plan Administrator. Recipients of restricted shares generally have all of the rights of a shareholder with respect to those shares, including voting rights, however any dividends and other distributions on restricted shares will generally be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the underlying shares.

 

77


Restricted Stock Units. A restricted stock unit is a right to receive a share, at no cost to the recipient, upon satisfaction of certain conditions, including vesting conditions, established by the Incentive Plan Administrator. RSUs vest at the rate determined by the Incentive Plan Administrator and any unvested RSUs will generally be forfeited upon termination of the recipient’s service. Settlement of restricted stock units may be made in the form of cash, stock or a combination of cash and stock, as determined by the Incentive Plan Administrator. Recipients of restricted stock units generally will have no voting or dividend rights prior to the time the vesting conditions are satisfied and the award is settled. At the Incentive Plan Administrator’s discretion and as set forth in the applicable restricted stock unit agreement, restricted stock units may provide for the right to dividend equivalents which will generally be subject to the same conditions and restrictions as the restricted stock units to which they pertain.

Other Awards. The Incentive Plan Administrator may grant other awards based in whole or in part by reference to Shapeways’ common stock and may grant awards under other plans and programs that will be settled with shares issued under the Incentive Plan. The Incentive Plan Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any such awards.

Changes to Capital Structure. In the event of certain changes in capitalization, including a stock split, reverse stock split or stock dividend, proportionate adjustments will be made in the number and kind of shares available for issuance under the Incentive Plan, the limit on the number of shares that may be issued under the Incentive Plan as ISOs, the number and kind of shares subject to each outstanding award and/or the exercise price of each outstanding award.

Corporate Transactions. If Shapeways is party to a merger, consolidation or certain change in control transactions, each outstanding award will be treated as described in the definitive transaction agreement or as the Incentive Plan Administrator determines, which may include the continuation, assumption or substitution of an outstanding award, the cancellation of an outstanding award after an opportunity to exercise or the cancellation of an outstanding award in exchange for a payment equal to the value of the shares subject to such award less any applicable exercise price. In general, if an award held by a participant who remains in service at the effective time of a change in control transaction is not continued, assumed or substituted, then the award will vest in full, and for awards subject to one or more performance-based vesting conditions that have not yet been satisfied, such performance-based vesting conditions shall be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels.

Change of Control. The Incentive Plan Administrator may provide, in an individual award agreement or in any other written agreement with a participant, that the award will be subject to acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the event of a change of control or in connection with a termination of employment in connection with or following a change in control.

Transferability of Awards. Unless the Incentive Plan Administrator determines otherwise, an award generally will not be transferable other than by beneficiary designation, a will or the laws of descent and distribution. The Incentive Plan Administrator may permit transfer of an award in a manner consistent with applicable law.

Amendment and Termination. The Incentive Plan Administrator may amend or terminate the Incentive Plan at any time. Any such amendment or termination will not affect outstanding awards. Shareholder approval is not required for any amendment of the Incentive Plan, unless required by applicable law, government regulation or exchange listing standards.

2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

General. The ESPP is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code; however, the ESPP also allows Shapeways to conduct offerings for non-U.S. employees that do not qualify under Section 423 of the Code as described in “International Participation” below. During regularly scheduled “offering periods” under the ESPP, participants will be able to request payroll deductions which will be applied periodically to purchase a number of shares of Shapeways’ common stock at a discount to the market price and in an amount determined in accordance with the ESPP’s terms.

Administration. The ESPP will be administered by the Board or by one or more committees to which the board of directors delegates such administration (as applicable, the “ESPP Administrator”). Subject to the terms of the ESPP, the ESPP Administrator will have the complete discretion to establish the terms and conditions of offering periods under the ESPP, to interpret the ESPP and to make all decisions related to the operation of the ESPP.

 

78


Shares Available for Issuance. Up to a maximum of 895,721 shares of the Shapeways’ common stock were originally available for issuance under the ESPP, plus an annual increase in shares described below.

On the first day of each calendar year during the term of the ESPP, beginning on January 1, 2022 and continuing until (and including) January 1, 2031, the aggregate number of shares of Shapeways’ common stock that may be issued under the ESPP will automatically increase by a number equal to the lesser of (a) one percent (1%) of the total number of shares of Shapeways’ common stock issued and outstanding shares on December 31 of the calendar year immediately preceding the date of such increase and (b) a number of shares of Shapeways’ common stock determined by the Board.

Shares of Shapeways’ common stock issued under the ESPP may be authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares. As of the date hereof, no rights to purchase shares have been granted under the ESPP.

Eligibility and Participation. All employees (including officers and employee directors) who are employed by Shapeways or a designated subsidiary (whether currently existing or subsequently established) or, solely in the case of an offering period that is not intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code, a designated affiliate (whether currently existing or subsequently established), are eligible to participate in the ESPP. The ESPP Administrator may exclude certain categories of employees from participating in any offering period to the extent permitted by Section 423 of the Code, including part-time employees, seasonal employees, employees who have not completed a minimum period of service with the company and/or highly compensated employees. No employee will be allowed to participate in the ESPP if his or her participation in the ESPP is prohibited by local law or if complying with local law would cause the ESPP or an offering period that is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code to violate the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. In the case of an offering period that is not intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code, the ESPP Administrator may exclude any individual(s) from participation if the ESPP Administrator determines that the participation of such individual(s) is not advisable or practicable. Also, in accordance with Section 423 of the Code, no employee may be granted a right to purchase shares of Shapeways’ common stock under the ESPP if, immediately after such grant, such employee would own stock and/or hold outstanding options to purchase stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of Shapeways or any parent or subsidiary (including in such calculation stock held directly or indirectly by or for the benefit of the employee and stock held by certain persons related to the employee).

The ESPP will permit an eligible employee to purchase Shapeways’ common stock through payroll deductions, which may not exceed fifteen percent (15%) of the employee’s eligible compensation (or such lower limit as may be determined by the ESPP Administrator for an offering period). Employees will be able to withdraw their accumulated payroll deductions prior to the end of the offering period in accordance with the terms of the offering period. Participation in the ESPP will end automatically upon termination of employment. In the event of withdrawal or termination of participation in the ESPP, a participant’s accumulated payroll contributions will be refunded without interest.

Certain limitations on the number of shares of Shapeways’ common stock that a participant may purchase apply. For example, the right granted to an employee may not permit him or her to purchase more than $25,000 worth of shares of Shapeways’ common stock under the ESPP (determined on the basis of the fair market value per share as of the start of the applicable offering period) for each calendar year in which the right is outstanding. The ESPP Administrator may also establish one or more limits on the number of shares that may be purchased during any offering period and/or purchase period. Unless the ESPP Administrator provides otherwise with respect to an offering period, no participant may purchase more than 5,000 shares during any purchase period within an offering period.

 

79


International Participation. To provide Shapeways with greater flexibility in structuring its equity compensation programs for non-U.S. employees, the ESPP also permits Shapeways to grant employees of Shapeways’ non-U.S. subsidiaries and affiliates rights to purchase shares of Shapeways’ common stock pursuant to other offering periods and/or sub-plans adopted by the ESPP Administrator in order to achieve tax, securities law or other compliance objectives. While the ESPP is intended to be a qualified “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code, any such international sub-plans or offerings are not required to satisfy those U.S. tax code requirements and therefore may have terms that differ from the ESPP terms applicable in the United States.

Offering Periods and Purchase Price. The ESPP will be implemented through a series of offering periods of up to twenty-seven (27) months, which may consist of one or more purchase periods. During each purchase period, payroll contributions will accumulate without interest. On the last trading day of the purchase period, accumulated payroll deductions will be used to purchase Shapeways’ common stock.

The purchase price for each offering period will be established by the ESPP Administrator and may not be less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the fair market value per share of Shapeways’ common stock on either the first trading day in an offering period or on the purchase date, whichever is lower.

Changes in Capital Structure. In the event that there is a specified type of change in Shapeways’ capital structure, such as a stock split, appropriate adjustments will be made to (a) the number of shares reserved under the ESPP and the maximum size of the annual increase in shares, (b) the individual participant share limitations described in the ESPP and (c) the purchase price per share and the number and class of stock covered by each outstanding right under the ESPP which has not yet been exercised.

Corporate Reorganization. In the event of certain corporate reorganizations, any offering period then in progress will terminate unless the ESPP is continued, assumed or substituted by the surviving entity or its parent. In the event an offering period is terminated, a new purchase date will be set for such offering period prior the effective time of the reorganization and a participant’s accumulated contributions will be applied to his or her purchase rights outstanding on such date.

Amendment and Termination. The ESPP Administrator will have the right to amend, suspend or terminate the ESPP at any time. Any increase in the aggregate number of shares to be issued under the ESPP is subject to shareholder approval except for (a) the automatic annual increase in shares and (b) any share increase resulting from changes in Shapeways’ capital structure. Any other amendment to the ESPP is subject to shareholder approval only to the extent required under applicable law or regulation. The ESPP will terminate automatically 20 years after its adoption by the Galileo board of directors, unless (i) the ESPP is extended by the Board and (ii) the extension is approved within 12 months by a vote of the shareholders of Shapeways.

 

80


Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table sets forth the number of securities authorized for issuance under the Company’s equity compensation plans at December 31, 2021.

 

Equity compensation plans

   Number of
securities
to be issued
upon
exercise of
outstanding
options,
warrants
and rights
    Weighted-
average
exercise
price of
outstanding
options,
warrants
and rights
    Number of
securities
remaining
available
for future
issuance
under equity
compensation
plans
 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

     5,466,835 (1)    $ 0.63 (2)      7,446,310 (3) 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

     —         —         —    

Total

     5,466,835 (1)    $ 0.63 (2)      7,446,310 (3) 

 

(1)

Represents 4,806,387 outstanding options under the 2010 Stock Plan and 660,448 restricted stock units under the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan.

(2)

Represents the weighted-average exercise price of the 4,806,387 outstanding options.

(3)

Includes 6,550,589 and 895,721 shares available for future issuance under the Incentive Plan and ESPP, respectively. Pursuant to the Incentive Plan, the aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the plan automatically increases by a number equal to the lesser of (i) five percent (5%) of the total number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding on December 31 of the calendar year immediately preceding the date of such increase and (ii) a number of shares of common stock determined by the Board. Pursuant to the ESPP, the aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the plan automatically increases by a number equal to the lesser of (i) one percent (1%) of the total number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding on December 31 of the calendar year immediately preceding the date of such increase and (ii) a number of shares of common stock determined by the Board.

 

81


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

Galileo Related Party Transactions

Prior to the Business Combination, the Sponsor agreed with Galileo that, commencing on the date of Galileo’s initial public offering (the “IPO”) through the earlier of Galileo’s consummation of Galileo’s initial business combination or Galileo’s liquidation, it would make available to Galileo certain general and administrative services, including office space, utilities and secretarial support, as Galileo may require from time to time.

Galileo entered into the Administrative Services Agreement, commencing on October 17, 2019 through the earlier of the consummation of a business combination or the Galileo’s liquidation, to pay Ampla Capital, LLC, an affiliate of Galileo’s then chief financial officer, a monthly fee of approximately $3,000 for general and administrative services, including office space, utilities and secretarial support. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, Galileo incurred and paid $27,000 and $36,000 in fees for these services, respectively. The Administrative Services Agreement terminated upon the Closing of the Business Combination on September 29, 2021.

Pursuant to the Stifel Engagement Letter, a placement fee (the “Placement Fee”) equal to 4.0% of the gross proceeds to Galileo from the PIPE Investment, excluding proceeds from PIPE investors that were stockholders of Legacy Shapeways as of the date they entered into subscription agreements and excluding proceeds from Stifel or any of its affiliates, was payable to Stifel upon consummation of the PIPE Investment. At the Closing, the Placement Fee of $2,645,000 was paid to Stifel and Stifel was reimbursed for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses.

Legacy Shapeways Related Party Transactions

In addition to the compensation arrangements, including employment, termination of employment, and change in control arrangements and indemnification arrangements, discussed, when required, in the sections titled “Management” and “Executive Compensation,” the following is a description of each transaction since January 1, 2019 and each currently proposed transaction in which:

 

   

Shapeways has been or is to be a participant;

 

   

the amount involved exceeded or exceeds the lesser of (a) $120,000 or (b) one percent of the average of Shapeways’ total assets at year-end for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019; and

 

   

any of Shapeways’ directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of its capital stock prior to the Business Combination, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Promissory Note to former Chief Executive Officer

On or around August 2012, Legacy Shapeways entered into a promissory note (the “Weijmarshausen Promissory Note”) with its then-chief executive officer, Peter Weijmarshausen, bearing interest equal to the greater of (a) 0.88% per annum or (b) the mid-term Applicable Federal Rate under Section 1274(d) of the Internal Revenue Code in effect during the time the note is outstanding, pursuant to which Legacy Shapeways loaned Mr. Weijmarshausen $175,000, which amount would become due and payable, together with interest accrued thereunder, on the earlier of August 2017 or the consummation of a “Liquidation Event” as defined in Legacy Shapeways’ Restated Certificate of Incorporation. On August 25, 2017, Legacy Shapeways and Mr. Weijmarshausen amended the terms of the Weijmarshausen Promissory Note to extend the maturity date to August 10, 2020. On July 28, 2020, Legacy Shapeways and Mr. Weijmarshausen again amended the terms of the Weijmarshausen Promissory Note to extend the maturity date to August 10, 2021, and on or around August 10, 2020, Mr. Weijmarshausen paid to Legacy Shapeways $50,000 in respect of outstanding interest and principal under the Weijmarshausen Promissory Note. In connection with the closing of the Business Combination, Mr. Weijmarshausen repaid all outstanding interest and principal under the Weijmarshausen Promissory Note.

 

82


Sales of Convertible Promissory Notes

In June 2019, Legacy Shapeways sold convertible promissory notes having an aggregate principal amount of $5 million. In December 2020, Legacy Shapeways entered into an amendment which extended the maturity date of the convertible promissory notes to June 19, 2021. Immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination, each convertible promissory note was converted into shares of Legacy Shapeways’ Series E Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 (the “Series E Preferred Stock”), as shown in the following table:

 

Legacy Shapeways Stockholder    Principal Balance of
Convertible Promissory Notes
     Converted Series E
Preferred Shares
 

Union Square Ventures 2008, L.P.

   $ 1,666,667        565,425  

Lux Co-Invest Opportunities, L.P.

   $ 1,666,667        565,425  

Stichting Depositary INKEF Investment Fund

   $ 1,666,667        565,425  

Each share of Legacy Shapeways’ Series E Preferred Stock converted automatically into one share of Shapeways common stock immediately prior to the Closing. At the Closing, holders of Legacy Shapeways common stock received a number of shares of Shapeways’ common stock equal to the total consideration received by holders of shares of Legacy Shapeways common stock and preferred stock in connection with the Closing of the Business Combination.

Indemnification Agreements

Shapeways has entered into indemnification agreements with each of its executive officers, directors and certain key employees and purchased directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. The indemnification agreements, our Charter and our Bylaws require Shapeways to indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. Our Charter and our Bylaws also provide the Board with discretion to indemnify officers and employees when determined appropriate. In addition, the indemnification agreements provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, Shapeways will advance all expenses incurred by its directors, executive officers, and other key employees in connection with a legal proceeding involving his or her status as a director, executive officer or key employee.

Founders Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with the Closing, that certain Registration Rights Agreement of Galileo, dated October 17, 2019, by and among Galileo, the Sponsor and EBC was amended by that certain First Amendment to Registration Rights Agreement (as amended, the “Founders Registration Rights Agreement”). The amendment to the Founders Registration Rights Agreement reflected that the registration rights of the Sponsor and EBC thereunder will be pari passu with the registration rights provided to certain securityholders of Shapeways under the Shapeways Registration Rights Agreement (as defined below).

Shapeways Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with the Business Combination, entities affiliated with Lux Capital entered into the Registration Rights Agreement to provide such securityholders with registration rights that are on terms substantially similar in all material respects to, and pari passu with, the registration rights set forth in the Founders Registration Rights Agreement.

Share Escrow Agreement Amendment

On October 17, 2019, Galileo, Sponsor and the escrow agent entered into a share escrow agreement (the “Share Escrow Agreement”) pursuant to which shares held by the Sponsor were placed into an escrow account. In connection with the Business Combination, Galileo’s shareholders approved an amendment to the Share Escrow Agreement, pursuant to which the Sponsor agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to effect any direct or indirect sale, transfer or other disposition with respect to any shares of common stock issued to the Sponsor in the Merger for a period commencing on the Closing and ending on the earlier of (x) 180 days after the date of the Closing, and (y) the date after the Closing on which the Company consummates a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction with an unaffiliated third party. The amendment to the Share Escrow Agreement was effected to match the lock-up period thereunder with the lock-up period reflected in the lock-up agreements with certain stockholders of Shapeways entered into in connection with the Business Combination.

 

83


Related Person Transactions Policy Following the Business Combination

Shapeways’ Board adopted a written related person transaction policy that sets forth the following policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions.

A “related person transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship in which the Company or any of its subsidiaries was, is or will be a participant, the amount of which involved exceeds $120,000, and in which any related person had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. A “related person” means:

 

   

any person who is, or at any time during the applicable period was, one of the Company’s executive officers or one of the Company’s directors;

 

   

any person who is known by the Company to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the Company’s voting shares;

 

   

any immediate family member of any of the foregoing persons, which means any child, stepchild, parent, stepparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother- in-law or sister-in-law of a director, executive officer or a beneficial owner of more than 5% of the Company’s voting shares, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of such director, executive officer or beneficial owner of more than 5% of the Company’s voting shares; and

 

   

any firm, corporation or other entity in which any of the foregoing persons is a partner or principal, or in a similar position, or in which such person has a 10% or greater beneficial ownership interest.

The Company has implemented policies and procedures designed to minimize potential conflicts of interest arising from any dealings it may have with its affiliates and to provide appropriate procedures for the disclosure of any real or potential conflicts of interest that may exist from time to time. Specifically, pursuant to the Company’s audit committee charter, the audit committee will have the responsibility to review related party transactions.

 

84


BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES

The following table and accompanying footnotes set forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of Shapeways’ common stock as of April 8, 2022:

 

   

each person known by Shapeways to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of outstanding common stock on such date;

 

   

each current named executive officer of Shapeways and each member of Shapeways’ board of directors; and

 

   

all of Shapeways’ executive officers and directors as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC, which generally provide that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power over that security, including options and warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.

Unless otherwise noted in the footnotes to the following table, and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to their beneficially owned securities.

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner (1)

   Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
     Percentage of
Outstanding
Shares
 

Directors and Named Executive Officers

     

Josh Wolfe(2)

     7,134,051        14.6

Greg Kress(3)

     2,475,871        4.8

Jennifer Walsh(4)

     870,171        1.8

Miko Levy(5)

     402,977        *  

Alberto Recchi(6)

     951,531        1.9

Patrick Schwager Jones

     13,000        *  

Robert Jan Galema(7)

     3,508,963        7.2

Ryan Kearny

     —          —    

Leslie Campbell

     —          —    

All executive officers and directors as a group (9 individuals)

     15,356,564        29.3

5% Beneficial Holders

     

Andreessen Horowitz Fund III, L.P.(8)

     5,304,463        10.9

Koninklijke Philips N.V. (F/K/A Koninklijke Philips Electronics)(9)

     4,146,478        8.5

Lux Capital(10)

     7,134,051        14.6

Stichting Depositary INKEF Investment Fund(11)

     3,508,963        7.2

Union Square Ventures 2008, L.P.(12)

     6,107,670        12.5

 

*

Less than 1%

(1)

Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of each executive officer and director of the Company is c/o Shapeways Holdings, Inc., 30-02 48th Avenue, Long Island City, NY 11101.

 

85


(2)

Consists of (i) 3,811,111 shares held by Lux Ventures III, L.P., of which 381,111 shares are subject to the Earnout Terms (as defined in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus), (ii) 3,148,460 shares held by Lux Co-Invest Opportunities, L.P., of which 284,846 shares are subject to the Earnout Terms, (iii) 172,666 shares held by Lux Ventures Cayman III, L.P., of which 17,266 shares are subject to the Earnout Terms and (iv) 1,814 shares held by Lux Ventures III Special Founders Fund, L.P., of which 181 shares are subject to the Earnout Terms. Lux Co-Invest Partners, LLC is the general partner of Lux Co-Invest Opportunities, L.P. and exercises voting and dispositive power over the shares noted herein held by Lux Co-Invest Opportunities, L.P. Lux Venture Partners III, LLC is the general partner of Lux Ventures III, LP and of Lux Ventures III Special Founders Fund, L.P. Lux Ventures Cayman III General Partner Limited is the general partner of Lux Ventures Cayman III, L.P. and exercises voting and dispositive power over the shares noted herein held by Lux Ventures Cayman III, L.P. Peter Hebert and Josh Wolfe are the individual managing members of Lux Venture Partners III, LLC, Lux Co-Invest Partners, LLC and Lux Ventures Cayman III General Partner Limited. The individual managers, as the sole managers of Lux Venture Partners III, LLC, Lux Co-Invest Partners, LLC and Lux Ventures Cayman III General Partner Limited, may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power for the shares noted herein held by Lux Ventures III, L.P., Lux Co-Invest Opportunities, L.P., Lux Ventures Cayman III, L.P. and Lux Ventures III Special Founders Fund, L.P. Each of Lux Venture Partners III, LLC, Lux Co-Invest Partners, LLC and Lux Ventures Cayman III General Partner Limited, and the individual managers separately disclaim beneficial ownership over the shares noted herein except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address for these entities and individuals is c/o Lux Capital Management, 920 Broadway, 11th Floor, New York, NY 10010.

(3)

Consists of (i) 118,005 shares of common stock and (ii) 2,357,866 shares subject to options, which are fully vested and exercisable within 60 days of April 8, 2022.

(4)

Consists of (i) 126,717 shares of common stock and (ii) 743,454 shares subject to options, which are fully vested and exercisable within 60 days of April 8, 2022.

(5)

Consists of 402,977 shares subject to options, all of which are fully vested and exercisable.

(6)

Consists of (i) 653,123 shares and (ii) 298,408 warrants exercisable for shares of common stock held by Alberto Recchi through an entity he controls, Ampla Capital LLC. The address for Ampla Capital LLC is 1049 Park Ave. 14A, New York, NY 10028.

(7)

Consists of 3,508,963 shares held by Stichting Depositary INKEF Investment Fund, of which 325,896 shares are subject to the Earnout Terms. Robert John Galema, Roel Bulthuis, Corne Jansen and Wolfgang Noldeke together exercise voting and investment control over shares held by Stichting Depositary INKEF Investment Fund. The address for these entities and individuals is Gustav Mahlerplein 66b, 9th Floor, 1082 MA, Amsterdam, the Netherlands.

(8)

Consists of (i) 4,989,040 shares received by Andreessen Horowitz Fund III, L.P. for itself and as nominee for Andreessen Horowitz Fund III-A, L.P., Andreessen Horowitz Fund III-B, L.P. and Andreessen Horowitz Fund III-Q, L.P. (collectively the “AH Fund III Entities”), in the Business Combination as an equityholder of Legacy Shapeways, of which 488,904 shares are subject to the Earnout Terms and (ii) 315,423 shares held by AH Parallel Fund III, L.P., of which 31,542 shares are subject to the Earnout Terms, for itself and as a nominee for AH Parallel Fund III-A, L.P., AH Parallel Fund III-B, L.P. and AH Parallel Fund III-Q, L.P. The address for the entities set forth herein is 2865 Sand Hill Road, Suite 101, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

(9)

Includes 414,647 shares subject to the Earnout Terms. The address for Koninklijke Philips N.V. (F/K/A Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.) is Philips International BV, Amstelplein 2, 1096 BC Amsterdam, the Netherlands.

(10)

Includes the shares referenced in footnote (2).

(11)

Includes the shares referenced in footnote (7).

(12)

Consists of 6,107,670 shares held by Union Square Ventures 2008, L.P., of which 580,767 shares are subject to the Earnout Terms. The address for Union Square Ventures 2008, L.P. is 2865 Sand Hill Road, Suite 101, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

 

86


SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS

This prospectus relates to the offer and resale, from time to time, by the Selling Securityholders named in this prospectus of (a) up to 10,900,174 shares of common stock, consisting of (i) up to 3,400,000 PIPE Shares and (ii) up to 7,800,174 shares of common stock (which includes 300,000 PIPE Shares) held by affiliates of Shapeways, and (b) up to 298,408 Private Warrants. In addition, this prospectus relates to the offer and sale of up to 18,410,000 shares of common stock that are issuable by us upon the exercise of 18,410,000 Warrants to purchase shares of common stock, consisting of (a) 16,150,816 Public Warrants and (b) 2,259,184 Private Warrants held by affiliates of Shapeways that received Private Warrants in the Distribution.

The following table sets forth the names of the Selling Securityholders, the aggregate number of shares of common stock and Warrants held by each Selling Securityholder immediately prior to the sale of the shares of common stock and Warrants in this offering, the number of shares of our common stock and Warrants that may be sold by each Selling Securityholder under this prospectus and that each Selling Securityholder will beneficially own after this offering, based on information supplied to us by the Selling Securityholders and our review of stockholder records maintained by our transfer agent. For purposes of the table below, we have assumed that (i) after termination of this offering none of the shares of common stock or Warrants covered by this prospectus will be beneficially owned by the Selling Securityholders and (ii) the Selling Securityholders will not acquire beneficial ownership of any additional securities during the offering. In addition, we assume that the Selling Securityholders have not sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, our securities in transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. As used in this prospectus, the term “Selling Securityholders” includes the persons listed in the table below, together with any additional selling securityholders listed in a subsequent amendment to this prospectus, and their pledgees, donees, transferees, assignees, successors, designees and others who later come to hold any of the Selling Securityholders’ interests in our common stock or the Private Warrants other than through a public sale.

We cannot advise you as to whether the Selling Securityholders will in fact sell any or all of such securities. In particular, the Selling Securityholders identified below may have sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of all or a portion of their securities after the date on which they provided us with information regarding their securities. Any changed or new information given to us by the Selling Securityholders, including regarding the identity of, and the securities held by, each Selling Securityholder, will be set forth in a prospectus supplement or amendments to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, if and when necessary.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the tables have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all securities that they beneficially own, subject to community property laws where applicable.

The Selling Securityholders may sell, distribute or otherwise transfer all, some or none of such securities in this offering. See “Plan of Distribution.”

 

     Before the Offering      After the Offering  
     Shares of
Common Stock
Beneficially Owned
    Number of
Warrants
Beneficially
     Number of Shares
of Common
Stock or
Warrants to be
     Shares of Common Stock
Beneficially Owned
    Number of
Warrants
Beneficially
 

Selling Securityholders

   Number      %(1)     Owned      Sold in the Offering      Number      %     Owned  

Andreessen Horowitz Fund III, L.P.(2)

     5,304,463        10.9     —          100,000        5,204,463        10.7     —    

Kevin S. Choksi Trust Dated 9-24-2013

     100,000        *       —          100,000        —          —         —    

Desktop Metal Operating, Inc.(3)

     2,000,000        4.1     —          2,000,000        —          —         —    

Stitching Depositary INKEF Investment Funds(4)

     3,508,963        7.2     —          250,000        3,258,963        6.7     —    

Lux Capital(5)

     7,134,051        14.6     —          7,134,051        —          —         —    

Union Square Ventures 2008, L.P.(6)

     6,107,670        12.5     —          300,000        5,807,670        11.9     —    

Ampla Capital, LLC(7)

     653,123        1.3     298,408        951,531        —          —         —    

Other Selling Securityholders(8)

     363,000        *              363,000        —          —         —    

 

87


(1)

The percentage of beneficial ownership before this offering is calculated based on 48,845,706 shares of our common stock outstanding as of April 8, 2022. Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares beneficially owned by them.

(2)

Consists of (i) 4,889,040 shares received by Andreessen Horowitz Fund III, L.P. for itself and as nominee for Andreessen Horowitz Fund III-A, L.P., Andreessen Horowitz Fund III-B, L.P. and Andreessen Horowitz Fund III-Q, L.P. (collectively the “AH Fund III Entities”), in the Business Combination as an equityholder of Shapeways, of which 488,904 shares are subject to the Earnout Terms (as defined in the Proxy Statement), (ii) 100,000 shares that the Andreessen Horowitz Fund III, L.P. purchased in the PIPE Investment and (iii) 315,423 shares held by AH Parallel Fund III, L.P., of which 31,542 shares are subject to the Earnout Terms (as defined in the Proxy Statement), for itself and as a nominee for AH Parallel Fund III-A, L.P., AH Parallel Fund III-B, L.P. and AH Parallel Fund III-Q, L.P. AH Equity Partners III, L.L.C., the general partner of Andreessen Horowitz Fund III, L.P., may be deemed to have sole voting an dispositive power over the shares held by Andreessen Horowitz Fund III, L.P. The managing members of AH Equity Partners III, L.L.C. are Marc Andreessen and Ben Horowitz, and each of them may be deemed to hold shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Andreessen Horowitz Fund III, L.P. The address for persons and entities set forth herein is 2865 Sand Hill Road, Suite 101, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

(3)

Desktop Metal Operating, Inc.’s parent and sole shareholder, Desktop Metal, Inc., is a beneficial owner of these shares. The address of these entities is 63 Third Avenue Burlington, MA 01803.

(4)

Consists of (i) 3,258,963 shares held by Stichting Depositary INKEF Investment Fund, of which 325,896 shares are subject to the Earnout Terms (as defined in the Proxy Statement) and (ii) 250,000 shares of common stock purchased by Stitchting Depositary INKEF Investment Funds in the PIPE Investment. Robert John Galema, Roel Bulthuis, Corne Jansen and Wolfgang Noldeke together exercise voting and investment control over shares held by Stichting Depositary INKEF Investment Fund. Mr. Galema is a member of our Board. The address for Stichting Depositary INKEF Investment Fund and individuals is Gustav Mahlerplein 104, 22nd Floor, 1082 MA, Amsterdam, the Netherlands.

(5)

Consists of (i) 3,811,111 shares held by Lux Ventures III, L.P., of which 381,111 shares are subject to the Earnout Terms (as defined in the Proxy Statement), (ii) 2,848,460 shares held by Lux Co-Invest Opportunities, L.P., of which 284,846 shares are subject to the Earnout Terms (as defined in the Proxy Statement), (iii) 172,666 shares held by Lux Ventures Cayman III, L.P., of which 17,266 shares are subject to the Earnout Terms (as defined in the Proxy Statement), (iv) 1,814 shares held by Lux Ventures III Special Founders Fund, L.P., of which 181 shares are subject to the Earnout Terms (as defined in the Proxy Statement) and (v) 300,000 shares of common stock purchased by Lux Co-Invest Opportunities, L.P. in the PIPE Investment. Lux Co-Invest Partners, LLC is the general partner of Lux Co-Invest Opportunities, L.P. and exercises voting and dispositive power over the shares noted herein held by Lux Co-Invest Opportunities, L.P. Lux Venture Partners III, LLC is the general partner of Lux Ventures III, LP and of Lux Ventures III Special Founders Fund, L.P. Lux Ventures Cayman III General Partner Limited is the general partner of Lux Ventures Cayman III, L.P. and exercises voting and dispositive power over the shares noted herein held by Lux Ventures Cayman III, L.P. Peter Hebert and Josh Wolfe are the individual managing members of Lux Venture Partners III, LLC, Lux Co-Invest Partners, LLC and Lux Ventures Cayman III General Partner Limited. Mr. Wolfe is a member of our Board. The individual managers, as the sole managers of Lux Venture Partners III, LLC, Lux Co-Invest Partners, LLC and Lux Ventures Cayman III General Partner Limited, may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power for the shares noted herein held by Lux Ventures III, L.P., Lux Co-Invest Opportunities, L.P., Lux Ventures Cayman III, L.P. and Lux Ventures III Special Founders Fund, L.P. Each of Lux Venture Partners III, LLC, Lux Co-Invest Partners, LLC and Lux Ventures Cayman III General Partner Limited, and the individual managers separately disclaim beneficial ownership over the shares noted herein except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address for these entities and individuals is c/o Lux Capital Management, 920 Broadway, 11th Floor, New York, NY 10010.

(6)

Consists of (i) 5,807,670 shares held by Union Square Ventures 2008, L.P., of which 580,767 shares are subject to the Earnout Terms (as defined in the Proxy Statement and (ii) 300,000 shares purchased by Union Square Ventures 2008, L.P. in the PIPE Investment. Union Square GP 2008, LLC is the General Partner of Union Square Ventures 2008, LP and has sole voting and investment power with regards to the shares held directly by Union Square Ventures 2008, L.P. Fred Wilson, Brad Burrnham and Albert Wenger are the managing members of Union Square GP 2008, LLC and, therefore, share voting and investment power with regard to the shares held directly by union Square Ventures 2008, LP. The address for these entities is 920 Broadway 2nd Floor New York, NY 10010.

(7)

Consists of (i) 653,123 shares and (ii) 298,408 Warrants received in the Distribution. The members of Ampla Capital LLC are Alberto Recchi and Monica Fuentes. Mr. Recchi and Ms. Fuentes may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the securities held by Ampla Capital, LLC. The address of Ampla Capital, LLC is 1049 Park Ave, Apt 14A, New York, New York 10028. Mr. Recchi is a member of our Board.

(8)

Consists of shares held by Ansari 3 Twelve LLC II, Stifel Venture Corp., The SPAC & New Issue ETF and Patrick Jones. Mr. Jones is a member of our Board. The disclosure with respect to these Selling Securityholders is being made on an aggregate basis, as opposed to an individual basis, because their aggregate holdings are less than 1% of the outstanding shares of our common stock.

 

88


DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

The following summary of the material terms of our securities is not intended to be a complete summary of the rights and preferences of such securities. You are encouraged to read the applicable provisions of the DGCL, our Charter and our Bylaws in their entirety for a complete description of the rights and preferences of our securities.

Authorized and Outstanding Stock

The Charter authorizes the issuance of 130,000,000 shares, of which 120,000,000 shares are shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 10,000,000 shares are shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

As of the date of April 8, 2022, Shapeways has issued and outstanding approximately (i) 48,845,706 shares of common stock and (ii) 18,410,000 Warrants to purchase common stock, consisting of (a) 16,150,816 Public Warrants and (b) 2,259,184 Private Warrants.

Common Stock

Voting

The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to the stockholders for their vote or approval. Directors will be elected by a plurality of the votes present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote.

Dividends

The holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends, as and if declared by the Board out of legally available funds.

Liquidation Rights

Upon the liquidation or dissolution of Shapeways, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in those of Shapeways’ assets that are legally available for distribution to stockholders after payment of liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any holders of preferred stock then outstanding.

Pre-Emptive or other Subscription Rights

The holders of common stock do not have any pre-emptive or other subscription rights.

Preferred Stock

Shapeways is authorized to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. The Board will be authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by the DGCL and the Charter, to determine the terms and conditions of the preferred stock, including whether the shares of preferred stock will be issued in one or more series, the number of shares to be included in each series and the powers (including the voting power), designations, preferences and rights of the shares. The Board also will be authorized to designate any qualifications, limitations or restrictions on the shares without any further vote or action by the stockholders. The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of Shapeways and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock, which could have a negative impact on the market price of the common stock. Shapeways has no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Public Warrants

In connection with the Closing of the Business Combination, all of the Public Warrants to purchase Galileo ordinary shares were automatically adjusted to represent the right to purchase an equal number of shares of Shapeways common stock on the same terms and conditions as the original warrants. Each Public Warrant will become exercisable 30 days after the Closing Date. The exercise price of each Public Warrant is $11.50 per share.

 

89


Shapeways has the ability to redeem outstanding Public Warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.01 per Public Warrant, provided that the last reported sales price of the common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for share subdivisions, share dividends, rights issuances, subdivisions, reorganizations, recapitalizations, and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading-day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date Shapeways sends the notice of redemption to the warrantholders. If and when the Public Warrants become redeemable by Shapeways, Shapeways may exercise its redemption right even if Shapeways is unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. Redemption of the outstanding Public Warrants could force you to: (i) exercise your Public Warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for you to do so; (ii) sell your Public Warrants at the then-current market price when you might otherwise wish to hold your Public Warrants; or (iii) accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding warrants are called for redemption, is likely to be substantially less than the market value of your Public Warrants.

In addition, Shapeways may redeem your Public Warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration at a price of $0.01 per Public Warrant upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption provided that holders will be able to exercise their Public Warrants prior to redemption for a number of ordinary shares determined based on the redemption date and the fair market value of Shapeways common stock. The value received upon exercise of the Public Warrants (1) may be less than the value the holders would have received if they had exercised their Public Warrants at a later time where the underlying share price is higher and (2) may not compensate the holders for the value of the Public Warrants.

Private Warrants

Simultaneously with the closing of the IPO, the Sponsor and EBC and its designees purchased an aggregate of 4,110,000 Private Warrants at $1.00 per Private Warrant, for an aggregate purchase price of $4,110,000. The Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 3,562,000 Private Warrants and EBC and its designees purchased an aggregate of 548,000 Private Warrants. Each Private Warrant is exercisable for one share of common stock at a price of $11.50 per share. The Private Warrants are not redeemable by Shapeways so long as they are held by the initial purchaser or its permitted transferees.

Sponsor Warrants

On December 14, 2020, Galileo entered into the convertible promissory note with the Sponsor, pursuant to which, the Sponsor agreed to loan Galileo up to an aggregate principal amount of $500,000. The Note was non-interest bearing and payable upon the Closing Date. At the Closing, the Sponsor exercised its right to convert $500,000 in aggregate outstanding principal amount of the convertible promissory note issued by Galileo into an aggregate of 500,000 Sponsor Warrants excisable for common stock at a purchase price of $1.00 per warrant. Each Sponsor Warrant is exercisable for one share of common stock at a price of $11.50 per share. The Sponsor Warrants are not redeemable by Shapeways so long as they are held by the initial purchaser or its permitted transferees.

Exclusive Forum

Our Charter provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, and unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Company to the Company or the Company’ stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Company, its directors, officers or employees arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our Charter or our Bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. In addition, if an action is brought outside of Delaware, the stockholder bringing the suit will be deemed to have consented to service of process on such stockholder’s counsel.

Our Charter provides that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of the Company’s capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the foregoing choice of forum provision.

 

90


Our Charter provides further that unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. The clauses described above will not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of our Charter and Bylaws

The provisions of our Charter and Bylaws and of the DGCL summarized below may have an anti- takeover effect and may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that you might consider in your best interest, including an attempt that might result in your receipt of a premium over the market price for your shares of common stock.

Our Charter and Bylaws contain certain provisions that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of the Board and that may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a future takeover or change in control of the Company unless such takeover or change in control is approved by the Board.

These provisions include:

Action by Written Consent; Meetings of Stockholders. Our Charter provides that stockholder action can be taken only at an annual meeting of stockholders and cannot be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting. Our Charter and Bylaws also provide that, subject to any special rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock and except as otherwise required by applicable law, meetings of the stockholders can only be called by the Chairman of the Board, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or by the majority of the Board. Except as described above, stockholders are not permitted to call a special meeting or to require the Board to call a special meeting.

Advance Notice Procedures. Our Bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders, and for stockholder nominations of persons for election to the Board to be brought before an annual or meeting of stockholders. Stockholders at an annual meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of directors or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given the Company’s secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholder’s intention to bring that business or nomination before the meeting. Although the Bylaws do not give the Board the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, as applicable, the Bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Company.

Authorized but Unissued Shares. The Company’s authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock are available for future issuance without stockholder approval, subject to rules of the securities exchange on which the common stock is listed. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions, in connection with the redemption or exchange of the Company’s Warrants and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of a majority of Company’s common stock by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Business Combinations. The Company is subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in the following prescribed manner:

 

   

prior to the time of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

91


   

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding (1) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; and

 

   

on or subsequent to the time of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board and authorized at an annual meeting stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 6623% of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, for purposes of Section 203, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, owned 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting securities.

Such provisions may encourage companies interested in acquiring the Company to negotiate in advance with the Board because the stockholder approval requirement would be avoided if the Board approves either the business combination or the transaction that results in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. However, such provisions also could discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares held by stockholders. These provisions also may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Staggered Board of Directors. Our Charter provides that the Board be classified into three classes of directors of approximately equal size. As a result, in most circumstances, a person can gain control of the Board only by successfully engaging in a proxy contest at two or more annual meetings.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Our Bylaws limit the liability of the Company’s directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL and provides that the Company will provide them with customary indemnification and advancement and prepayment of expenses. The Company has entered into, and expects to continue to enter into, customary indemnification agreements with each of its executive officers and directors that provide them, in general, with customary indemnification in connection with their service to Company or on its behalf.

Transfer Agent and Warrant Agent

The transfer agent for our common stock and warrant agent for our Warrants is Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, 1 State Street, 30th Floor, New York, New York 10004.

Listing of Shapeways’ Securities

Our common stock and the Public Warrants are listed on the NYSE under the symbols “SHPW” and “SHPW WS.”

 

92


SECURITIES ACT RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE OF OUR SECURITIES

Pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (“Rule 144”), a person who has beneficially owned restricted common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale and (ii) Shapeways is subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least three months before the sale and have filed all required reports under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the twelve months (or such shorter period as we were required to file reports) preceding the sale.

Persons who have beneficially owned restricted common stock for at least six months but who are affiliates of ours at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the total number of shares of our common stock then outstanding; or

 

   

the average weekly reported trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales by our affiliates under Rule 144 are also limited by manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Restrictions on the Use of Rule 144 by Shell Companies or Former Shell Companies

Rule 144 is not available for the resale of securities initially issued by shell companies (other than business combination related shell companies) or issuers that have been at any time previously a shell company. However, Rule 144 also includes an important exception to this prohibition if the following conditions are met:

 

   

the issuer of the securities that was formerly a shell company has ceased to be a shell company;

 

   

the issuer of the securities is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

 

   

the issuer of the securities has filed all Exchange Act reports and material required to be filed, as applicable, during the preceding twelve months (or such shorter period that the issuer was required to file such reports and materials), other than Form 8-K reports; and

 

   

at least one year has elapsed from the time that the issuer filed current Form 10 type information with the SEC reflecting its status as an entity that is not a shell company.

As a result, equityholders of Shapeways who hold restricted securities will be able to sell their common stock and private placement warrants, as applicable, pursuant to Rule 144 without registration one year after the filing of our “Super” Form 8-K with Form 10 type information, which was filed on October 5, 2021.

We are no longer a shell company, and so, once the conditions set forth in the exceptions listed above are satisfied, Rule 144 will become available for the resale of the above noted restricted securities.

 

93


U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a discussion of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock. This discussion is limited to certain U.S. federal income tax considerations to beneficial owners of our common stock who are initial purchasers of such common stock pursuant to this offering and hold the common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). This discussion assumes that any distributions made by us on our common stock and any consideration received by a holder in consideration for the sale or other disposition of our common stock will be in U.S. dollars.

This summary is based upon U.S. federal income tax laws as of the date of this prospectus, which is subject to change or differing interpretations, possibly with retroactive effect. This discussion is a summary only and does not describe all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to you in light of your particular circumstances, including but not limited to the alternative minimum tax, the Medicare tax on certain net investment income and the different consequences that may apply if you are subject to special rules that apply to certain types of investors, including but not limited to:

 

   

financial institutions or financial services entities;

 

   

broker-dealers;

 

   

governments or agencies or instrumentalities thereof;

 

   

regulated investment companies;

 

   

real estate investment trusts;

 

   

expatriates or former long-term residents of the United States;

 

   

persons that actually or constructively own five percent or more (by vote or value) of our shares;

 

   

persons that acquired our common stock pursuant to an exercise of employee share options, in connection with employee share incentive plans or otherwise as compensation;

 

   

insurance companies;

 

   

dealers or traders subject to a mark-to-market method of accounting with respect to our common stock;

 

   

persons holding our common stock as part of a “straddle,” constructive sale, hedge, conversion or other integrated or similar transaction;

 

   

U.S. holders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar;

 

   

partnerships (or entities or arrangements classified as partnerships or other pass-through entities for

 

   

U.S. federal income tax purposes) and any beneficial owners of such partnerships;

 

   

tax-exempt entities;

 

   

controlled foreign corporations; and

 

   

passive foreign investment companies.

If a partnership (including an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership or other pass-thru entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner, member or other beneficial owner in such partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner, member or other beneficial owner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner, member or other beneficial owner level. If you are a partner, member or other beneficial owner of a partnership holding our common stock, you are urged to consult your tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

This discussion is based on the Code, and administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions and final, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations as of the date hereof, which are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis, and changes to any of which subsequent to the date of this prospectus may affect the tax consequences described herein. This discussion does not address any aspect of state, local or non-U.S. taxation, or any U.S. federal taxes other than income taxes (such as gift and estate taxes).

 

 

94


We have not sought, and do not expect to seek, a ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) as to any U.S. federal income tax consequence described herein. The IRS may disagree with the discussion herein, and its determination may be upheld by a court. Moreover, there can be no assurance that future legislation, regulations, administrative rulings or court decisions will not adversely affect the accuracy of the statements in this discussion. You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of U.S. federal tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or foreign jurisdiction.

THIS DISCUSSION IS ONLY A SUMMARY OF CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS ASSOCIATED WITH THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR IN OUR COMMON STOCK IS URGED TO CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO SUCH INVESTOR OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF ANY U.S. FEDERAL NON-INCOME, STATE, LOCAL, AND NON-U.S. TAX LAWS.

U.S. Holders

This section applies to you if you are a “U.S. holder.” A U.S. holder is a beneficial owner of our common stock who or that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation) organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust, if (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons (as defined in the Code) have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) it has a valid election in effect under Treasury Regulations to be treated as a United States person.

Taxation of Distributions. If we pay distributions in cash or other property (other than certain distributions of our stock or rights to acquire our stock) to U.S. holders of shares of our common stock, such distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits will constitute a return of capital that will be applied against and reduce (but not below zero) the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in our common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of the common stock and will be treated as described under “U.S. Holders — Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of common stock” below.

Dividends we pay to a U.S. holder that is a taxable corporation generally will qualify for the dividends received deduction if the requisite holding period is satisfied. With certain exceptions (including, but not limited to, dividends treated as investment income for purposes of investment interest deduction limitations), and provided certain holding period requirements are met, dividends we pay to a non-corporate U.S. holder may constitute “qualified dividend income” that will be subject to tax at the maximum tax rate accorded to long-term capital gains. If the holding period requirements are not satisfied, then a corporation may not be able to qualify for the dividends received deduction and would have taxable income equal to the entire dividend amount, and non-corporate U.S. holders may be subject to tax on such dividend at regular ordinary income tax rates instead of the preferential rate that applies to qualified dividend income.

Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of common stock. Upon a sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock, a U.S. holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized and the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common stock. Any such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holder’s holding period for the common stock so disposed of exceeds one year. Long-term capital gains recognized by non-corporate U.S. holders may be eligible to be taxed at reduced rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

 

95


Generally, the amount of gain or loss recognized by a U.S. holder is an amount equal to the difference between (i) the sum of the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property received in such disposition and (ii) the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock so disposed of. A U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock generally will equal the U.S. holder’s acquisition cost less any prior distributions treated as a return of capital.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding. In general, information reporting requirements may apply to dividends paid to a U.S. holder and to the proceeds of the sale or other disposition of our common stock, unless the U.S. holder is an exempt recipient. Backup withholding may apply to such payments if the U.S. holder fails to provide a taxpayer identification number, a certification of exempt status or has been notified by the IRS that it is subject to backup withholding (and such notification has not been withdrawn).

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a credit against a U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Non-U.S. Holders

This section applies to you if you are a “Non-U.S. holder.” As used herein, the term “Non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock who or that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

   

a non-resident alien individual (other than certain former citizens and residents of the United States subject to U.S. tax as expatriates);

 

   

a foreign corporation; or

 

   

an estate or trust that is not a U.S. holder;

but generally does not include an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition of our common stock. If you are such an individual, you should consult your tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership or sale or other disposition of our common stock.

Taxation of Distributions. In general, any distributions we make to a Non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock, to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles), will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, provided such dividends are not effectively connected with the Non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States, we will be required to withhold tax from the gross amount of the dividend at a rate of 30%, unless such Non-U.S. holder is eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax under an applicable income tax treaty and provides proper certification of its eligibility for such reduced rate (usually on an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E). Any distribution not constituting a dividend will be treated first as reducing (but not below zero) the Non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its shares of our common stock and, to the extent such distribution exceeds the Non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis, as gain realized from the sale or other disposition of the common stock, which will be treated as described under “Non-U.S. Holders — Gain on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of common stock” below. In addition, if we determine that we are likely to be classified as a “United States real property holding corporation” (see “Non-U.S. Holders — Gain on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of common stock” below), we generally will withhold 15% of any distribution that exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits.

The withholding tax generally does not apply to dividends paid to a Non-U.S. holder who provides a Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States. Instead, the effectively connected dividends will be subject to regular U.S. federal income tax as if the Non-U.S. holder were a U.S. resident, subject to an applicable income tax treaty providing otherwise. A corporate Non-U.S. holder receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30% (or a lower applicable treaty rate).

 

96


Gain on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of common stock. A Non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax in respect of gain recognized on a sale, taxable exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with the conduct by the Non-U.S. holder of a trade or business within the United States (and, under certain income tax treaties, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the Non-U.S. holder); or

 

   

we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of disposition or the period that the Non-U.S. holder held our common stock, and, in the case where shares of our common stock are regularly traded on an established securities market, the Non-U.S. holder has owned, directly or constructively, more than 5% of our common stock at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or such Non-U.S. holder’s holding period for the shares of our common stock. There can be no assurance that our common stock will be treated as regularly traded on an established securities market for this purpose.

Unless an applicable treaty provides otherwise, gain described in the first bullet point above will be subject to tax at generally applicable U.S. federal income tax rates as if the Non-U.S. holder were a U.S. resident. Any gains described in the first bullet point above of a Non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a 30% rate (or lower treaty rate).

If the second bullet point above applies to a Non-U.S. holder, gain recognized by such holder on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock will be subject to tax at generally applicable U.S. federal income tax rates. In addition, a buyer of our common stock from such holder may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 15% of the amount realized upon such disposition. We will be classified as a United States real property holding corporation if the fair market value of our “United States real property interests” equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of our worldwide real property interests plus our other assets used or held for use in a trade or business, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We do not expect to be a United States real property holding corporation immediately after the Business Combination is completed.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding. Information returns will be filed with the IRS in connection with payments of dividends and the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of shares of common stock. A Non-U.S. holder may have to comply with certification procedures to establish that it is not a United States person in order to avoid information reporting and backup withholding requirements. The certification procedures required to claim a reduced rate of withholding under a treaty generally will satisfy the certification requirements necessary to avoid the backup withholding as well. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a Non-U.S. holder will be allowed as a credit against such holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

FATCA Withholding Taxes. Provisions commonly referred to as “FATCA” impose withholding of 30% on payments of dividends on our common stock to “foreign financial institutions” (which is broadly defined for this purpose and in general includes investment vehicles) and certain other non-U.S. entities unless various U.S. information reporting and due diligence requirements (generally relating to ownership by United States persons of interests in or accounts with those entities) have been satisfied by, or an exemption applies to, the payee (typically certified as to by the delivery of a properly completed IRS Form W-8BEN-E). Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules. Under certain circumstances, a Non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such withholding taxes, and a Non-U.S. holder might be required to file a U.S. federal income tax return to claim such refunds or credits. Thirty percent withholding under FATCA was scheduled to apply to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of property that produces U.S.-source interest or dividends beginning on January 1, 2019, but on December 13, 2018, the IRS released proposed regulations that, if finalized in their proposed form, would eliminate the obligation to withhold on gross proceeds. Such proposed regulations also delayed withholding on certain other payments received from other foreign financial institutions that are allocable, as provided for under final Treasury Regulations, to payments of U.S.-source dividends, and other fixed or determinable annual or periodic income. Although these proposed Treasury Regulations are not final, taxpayers generally may rely on them until final Treasury Regulations are issued. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the effects of FATCA on their investment in our common stock.

 

97


PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

We are registering the issuance of (i) up to 16,150,816 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of our Public Warrants and (ii) up to 2,259,184 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of our Private Warrants originally issued to the Sponsor.

We are also registering the offer and sale, from time to time, by the Selling Securityholders of (a) up to 10,900,174 shares of common stock, consisting of (i) 3,400,000 PIPE Shares, and (ii) up to 7,800,174 shares of common stock (which includes 300,000 PIPE Shares) held by affiliates of Shapeways, (b) up to 298,408 Private Warrants held by affiliates of Shapeways that received Private Warrants in the Distribution.

We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the securities by the Selling Securityholders. We will receive proceeds equal to the aggregate exercise price from any exercises of the Warrants, assuming the exercise of the Warrants for cash.

Upon effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the securities beneficially owned by the Selling Securityholders covered by this prospectus may be offered and sold from time to time by the Selling Securityholders, subject to any applicable lock up agreements. The term “Selling Securityholders” includes donees, pledgees, transferees or other successors in interest selling securities received after the date of this prospectus from a Selling Securityholder as a gift, pledge, partnership or limited liability company distribution or other transfer. The Selling Securityholders will act independently of us in making decisions with respect to the timing, manner and size of each sale. Such sales may be made on one or more exchanges or in the over-the-counter market or otherwise, at prices and under terms then prevailing or at prices related to the then current market price or in negotiated transactions. Each Selling Securityholders reserves the right to accept and, together with its respective agents, to reject, any proposed purchase of securities to be made directly or through agents. The Selling Securityholders and any of their permitted transferees may sell their securities offered by this prospectus on any stock exchange, market or trading facility on which the securities are traded or in private transactions.

Subject to the limitations set forth in any applicable registration rights agreement, the Selling Securityholders may use any one or more of the following methods when selling the securities offered by this prospectus:

 

   

purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by such broker-dealer for its own account pursuant to this prospectus;

 

   

ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker solicits purchasers;

 

   

block trades in which the broker-dealer so engaged will attempt to sell the securities as agent but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction;

 

   

an over-the-counter distribution in accordance with the rules of the applicable exchange;

 

   

settlement of short sales entered into after the date of this prospectus;

 

   

agreements with broker-dealers to sell a specified number of the securities at a stipulated price per share;

 

   

in “at the market” offerings, as defined in Rule 415 under the Securities Act, at negotiated prices, at prices prevailing at the time of sale or at prices related to such prevailing market prices, including sales made directly on a national securities exchange or sales made through a market maker other than on an exchange or other similar offerings through sales agents;

 

   

directly to purchasers, including through a specific bidding, auction or other process or in privately negotiated transactions;

 

   

through the writing or settlement of options or other hedging transactions, whether through an options exchange or otherwise;

 

   

through a combination of any of the above methods of sale; or

 

   

any other method permitted pursuant to applicable law.

 

98


In addition, a Selling Securityholder that is an entity may elect to make an in-kind distribution of securities to its members, partners or stockholders pursuant to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part by delivering a prospectus with a plan of distribution. Such members, partners or stockholders would thereby receive freely tradeable securities pursuant to the distribution through a registration statement. To the extent a distributee is an affiliate of ours (or to the extent otherwise required by law), we may file a prospectus supplement in order to permit the distributees to use the prospectus to resell the securities acquired in the distribution.

The Selling Securityholders also may transfer the securities in other circumstances, in which case the transferees, pledgees or other successors-in-interest will be the selling beneficial owners for purposes of this prospectus. Upon being notified by the Selling Securityholders that a donee, pledgee, transferee, other successor- in-interest intends to sell our securities, we will, to the extent required, promptly file a supplement to this prospectus to name specifically such person as a Selling Securityholders.

There can be no assurance that the Selling Securityholders will sell all or any of the securities offered by this prospectus. In addition, the Selling Securityholders may also sell securities under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, if available, or in other transactions exempt from registration, rather than under this prospectus. The Selling Securityholders have the sole and absolute discretion not to accept any purchase offer or make any sale of securities if they deem the purchase price to be unsatisfactory at any particular time.

To the extent required, the securities to be sold, the name of the Selling Securityholders, the respective purchase prices and public offering prices, the proceeds to be received from the sale, if any, and other material terms of the offering, the settlement of short sales entered into after the date of this prospectus, the names of any agents, dealer or underwriter, any applicable commissions or discounts or any other items constituting compensation from the Selling Securityholders with respect to a particular offer will be set forth in an accompanying prospectus supplement or, if appropriate, a post-effective amendment to the registration statement that includes this prospectus.

In connection with the sale of our securities, the Selling Securityholders may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions, which may in turn engage in short sales of our securities in the course of hedging the positions they assume. The Selling Securityholders may also sell our securities short and deliver these securities to close out their short positions, or loan or pledge our securities to broker-dealers that in turn may sell these shares. The Selling Securityholders may also enter into option or other transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions or the creation of one or more derivative securities which require the delivery to such broker-dealer or other financial institution of shares offered by this prospectus, which shares such broker-dealer or other financial institution may resell pursuant to this prospectus (as supplemented or amended to reflect such transaction).

In order to facilitate the offering of the securities, any underwriters or agents, as the case may be, involved in the offering of such securities may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our securities. Specifically, the underwriters or agents, as the case may be, may overallot in connection with the offering, creating a short position in our securities for their own account. In addition, to cover overallotments or to stabilize the price of our securities, the underwriters or agents, as the case may be, may bid for, and purchase, such securities in the open market. Finally, in any offering of securities through a syndicate of underwriters, the underwriting syndicate may reclaim selling concessions allotted to an underwriter or a broker-dealer for distributing such securities in the offering if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed securities in transactions to cover syndicate short positions, in stabilization transactions or otherwise. Any of these activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of the securities above independent market levels. The underwriters or agents, as the case may be, are not required to engage in these activities, and may end any of these activities at any time.

In offering the securities covered by this prospectus, the Selling Securityholders and any underwriters, broker-dealers or agents who execute sales for the Selling Securityholders may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of the Securities Act in connection with such sales. Any discounts, commissions, concessions or profit they earn on any resale of those securities may be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act.

The Selling Securityholders may solicit offers to purchase the securities directly from, and it may sell such securities directly to, institutional investors or others. In this case, no underwriters or agents would be involved. The terms of any of those sales, including the terms of any bidding or auction process, if utilized, will be described in the applicable prospectus supplement.

 

99


It is possible that one or more underwriters may make a market in our securities, but such underwriters will not be obligated to do so and may discontinue any market making at any time without notice. We cannot give any assurance as to the liquidity of the trading market for our securities. Our shares of common stock and Public Warrants are currently listed on the NYSE under the symbols “SHPW” and “SHPW WS”, respectively.

The Selling Securityholders may authorize underwriters, broker-dealers or agents to solicit offers by certain purchasers to purchase the securities at the public offering price set forth in the prospectus supplement pursuant to delayed delivery contracts providing for payment and delivery on a specified date in the future. The contracts will be subject only to those conditions set forth in the prospectus supplement, and the prospectus supplement will set forth any commissions we or the Selling Securityholders pay for solicitation of these contracts.

A Selling Securityholders may enter into derivative transactions with third parties, or sell securities not covered by this prospectus to third parties in privately negotiated transactions. If the applicable prospectus supplement indicates, in connection with those derivatives, the third parties may sell securities covered by this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement, including in short sale transactions. If so, the third party may use securities pledged by any Selling Securityholder or borrowed from any Selling Securityholder or others to settle those sales or to close out any related open borrowings of stock, and may use securities received from any Selling Securityholder in settlement of those derivatives to close out any related open borrowings of stock. The third party in such sale transactions will be an underwriter and will be identified in the applicable prospectus supplement (or a post-effective amendment). In addition, any Selling Securityholder may otherwise loan or pledge securities to a financial institution or other third party that in turn may sell the securities short using this prospectus. Such financial institution or other third party may transfer its economic short position to investors in our securities or in connection with a concurrent offering of other securities.

In effecting sales, broker-dealers or agents engaged by the Selling Securityholders may arrange for other broker-dealers to participate. Broker-dealers or agents may receive commissions, discounts or concessions from the Selling Securityholders in amounts to be negotiated immediately prior to the sale.

In compliance with the guidelines of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), the aggregate maximum discount, commission, fees or other items constituting underwriting compensation to be received by any FINRA member or independent broker-dealer will not exceed 8% of the gross proceeds of any offering pursuant to this prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement.

If at the time of any offering made under this prospectus a member of FINRA participating in the offering has a “conflict of interest” as defined in FINRA Rule 5121 (“Rule 5121”), that offering will be conducted in accordance with the relevant provisions of Rule 5121.

To our knowledge, there are currently no plans, arrangements or understandings between the Selling Securityholders and any broker-dealer or agent regarding the sale of the securities by the Selling Securityholders. Upon our notification by a Selling Securityholders that any material arrangement has been entered into with an underwriter or broker-dealer for the sale of securities through a block trade, special offering, exchange distribution, secondary distribution or a purchase by an underwriter or broker-dealer, we will file, if required by applicable law or regulation, a supplement to this prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act disclosing certain material information relating to such underwriter or broker-dealer and such offering.

Underwriters, broker-dealers or agents may facilitate the marketing of an offering online directly or through one of their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms and a prospectus online and, depending upon the particular underwriter, broker-dealer or agent, place orders online or through their financial advisors.

The underwriters, broker-dealers and agents may engage in transactions with us or the Selling Securityholders, or perform services for us or the Selling Securityholders, in the ordinary course of business.

In order to comply with the securities laws of certain states, if applicable, the securities must be sold in such jurisdictions only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers. In addition, in certain states the securities may not be sold unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in the applicable state or an exemption from the registration or qualification requirement is available and is complied with.

We have advised the Selling Securityholders that the anti-manipulation rules of Regulation M under the Exchange Act may apply to sales of shares in the market and to the activities of the Selling Securityholders and their affiliates. In addition, to the extent applicable we will make copies of this prospectus (as it may

 

100


be supplemented or amended from time to time) available to the Selling Securityholders for the purpose of satisfying the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. The Selling Securityholders may indemnify any broker-dealer that participates in transactions involving the sale of the shares against certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

We will make copies of this prospectus available to the Selling Securityholders for the purpose of satisfying the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. The Selling Securityholders may indemnify any agent, broker-dealer or underwriter that participates in transactions involving the sale of the securities against certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

We have agreed to indemnify certain of the Selling Securityholders against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law. Agents, broker-dealers and underwriters may be entitled to indemnification by us and the Selling Securityholders against certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribution with respect to payments which the agents, broker-dealers or underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.

We have agreed with certain Selling Securityholders pursuant to the Subscription Agreements to use commercially reasonable efforts to keep the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part effective until such time as (i) such Selling Securityholders cease to hold any of the shares acquired under such Subscription Agreements or, (ii) the date all such shares may be sold without restriction under Rule 144, including without limitation, any volume and manner of sale restrictions which may be applicable to affiliates under Rule 144 and without the requirement for us to be in compliance with the current public information required under Rule 144(c)(1) or Rule 144(i)(2), as applicable and (iii) two years from the date of effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

A holder of Public Warrants may exercise its Warrants in accordance with the Warrant Agreement on or before the expiration date set forth therein by surrendering, at the office of the warrant agent, Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, the certificate evidencing such Warrant, with the form of election to purchase set forth thereon, properly completed and duly executed, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price and any and all applicable taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Warrant, subject to any applicable provisions relating to cashless exercises in accordance with the Warrant Agreement.

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters will be passed upon for us by Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP, 1250 Broadway, 23rd Floor New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of Shapeways as of and for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, included in this prospectus have been audited by Withum Smith+Brown, PC, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein, and are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

101


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the securities offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement. For further information pertaining to us and our securities, you should refer to the registration statement and the exhibits.

In addition, we file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Our SEC filings are available to the public on a website maintained by the SEC located at ww.sec.gov.

We make available, free of charge, annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information. All information contained in this document relating to Galileo has been supplied by Galileo, and all such information relating to Shapeways has been supplied by Shapeways. Information provided by one another does not constitute any representation, estimate or projection of the other.

If you would like copies of our annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information, you should contact via phone or in writing:

Mr. Greg Kress

Shapeways Holdings, Inc.

30-02 48th Avenue,

Long Island City, New York 11101

Attention: Greg Kress

Tel. (646) 979-9885

 

102


INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Audited Financial Statements as of and for the Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the Years Ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the Years Ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December  31, 2021 and 2020

     F-6  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7  


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of Shapeways Holdings, Inc.

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Shapeways Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PC

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.

New York, NY

March 31, 2022

PCAOB ID - 100

 

F-2


SHAPEWAYS HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     December 31,  
     2021     2020  

Assets

    

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 79,677     $ 8,564  

Restricted cash

     142       145  

Accounts receivable

     1,372       185  

Inventory

     927       727  

Promissory note due from related party

     —         151  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     4,360       1,910  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     86,478       11,682  

Property and equipment, net

     4,388       948  

Right-of-use assets, net

     842       2,102  

Goodwill

     1,835       1,835  

Security deposits

     175       175  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 93,718     $ 16,742  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

    

Current liabilities

    

Accounts payable

   $ 1,909     $ 1,633  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     2,645       3,319  

Current portion of long-term debt

     —         8,332  

Operating lease liabilities, current

     639       1,222  

Deferred revenue

     921       753  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     6,114       15,259  

Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion

     326       1,094  

Warrant liabilities

     2,274       —    

Long-term debt

     —         2,236  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     8,714       18,589  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

    

Stockholders’ equity (deficit) (1)

    

Preferred stock ($0.0001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively)

     —         —    

Common stock ($0.0001 par value; 120,000,000 shares authorized; 48,627,739 and 32,184,263 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively)

     5       3  

Additional paid-in capital

     198,179       112,994  

Accumulated deficit

     (112,811     (114,567

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (369     (277
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     85,004       (1,847
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ 93,718     $ 16,742  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Retroactively restated for the reverse recapitalization as described in Notes 1 and 3.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


SHAPEWAYS HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2021     2020  

Revenue, net

   $ 33,623     $ 31,775  

Cost of revenue

     17,673       17,903  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     15,950       13,872  

Operating expenses

    

Selling, general and administrative

     17,561       10,752  

Research and development

     6,281       5,592  

Amortization and depreciation

     133       149  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     23,975       16,493  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (8,025     (2,621

Other income (expense)

    

Long-term debt forgiveness

     2,000       —    

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

     8,106       —    

Interest expense

     (404     (582

Interest income

     1       1  

Other income

     7       9  

Loss on disposal of assets

     —         (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     9,710       (576
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax benefit

     1,685       (3,197

Income tax benefit

     (71     (29
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     1,756       (3,168

Deemed dividend—Earnout Shares

     (18,132     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (16,376   $ (3,168
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share:

    

Basic

   $ 0.04     $ (0.09
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.04     $ (0.09
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

    

Basic

   $ (0.40   $ (0.09
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (0.40   $ (0.09
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding: (1)

    

Basic

     41,040,637       35,713,913  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     41,040,637       35,713,913  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income

    

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     (92     83  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (16,468   $ (3,085
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Retroactively restated for the reverse recapitalization as described in Notes 1 and 3.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


SHAPEWAYS HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT) (1)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     Preferred Stock     Common Stock      Additional
Paid-In
    Accumulated     Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
    Total
Stockholders’
 
     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount      Capital     Deficit     Loss     Equity (Deficit)  

Balance at January 1, 2020 (as previously reported)

     22,579,695     $ 2       15,894,428     $ 2      $ 112,186     $ (111,399   $ (360   $ 431  

Retroactive application of reverse recapitalization

     (22,579,695     (2     16,026,831       1        1       —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at January 1, 2020 (after effect of reverse recapitalization)

     —         —         31,921,259       3        112,187       (111,399     (360     431  

Issuance of Legacy Shapeways common stock upon exercise of stock options

     —         —         263,004       —          86       —         —         86  

Stock-based compensation expense

     —         —         —         —          721       —         —         721  

Net loss

     —         —         —         —          —         (3,168     —         (3,168

Foreign currency translation

     —         —         —         —          —         —         83       83  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

     —         —         32,184,263       3        112,994       (114,567     (277     (1,847

Issuance of Legacy Shapeways common stock upon exercise of stock options

     —         —         1,212,430       —          552       —         —         552  

Issuance of Legacy Shapeways convertible Series B-1 preferred stock resulting from exercise of warrants

     —         —         19,177       —          60       —         —         60  

Issuance of Legacy Shapeways common stock upon conversion of convertible notes

     —         —         1,406,741       —          5,913       —         —         5,913  

Issuance of Legacy Shapeways common stock upon exercise of warrants

     —         —         212,234       —          —         —         —         —    

Issuance of Legacy Shapeways convertible Series D preferred stock upon exercise of warrants

     —         —         89,217       —          —         —         —         —    

Repurchase of Legacy Shapeways common stock

     —         —         (19,226     —          (152     —         —         (152

Effect of Merger and recapitalization, net of redemptions and issuance costs

     —         —         5,691,648       1        10,035       —         —         10,036  

Issuance of common stock pursuant to PIPE financing, net of issuance costs

     —         —         7,500,000       1        64,936       —         —         64,937  

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

     —         —         86,533       —          43       —         —         43  

Issuance of common stock for settlement of restricted stock units

     —         —         410,000       —          1,558       —         —         1,558  

Tax payments related to shares withheld for vested restricted stock units

     —         —         (165,278     —          (594     —         —         (594

Stock-based compensation expense

     —         —         —         —          1,349       —         —         1,349  

Transfer of Private Warrants to Public Warrants

     —         —         —         —          1,485       —         —         1,485  

Net income

     —         —         —         —          —         1,756       —         1,756  

Foreign currency translation

     —         —         —         —          —         —         (92     (92
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2021

     —         —         48,627,739     $ 5      $ 198,179     $ (112,811   $ (369   $ 85,004  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Retroactively restated for the reverse recapitalization as described in Notes 1 and 3.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


SHAPEWAYS HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2021     2020  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income (loss)

   $ 1,756     $ (3,168

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     593       473  

Loss on disposal of assets

     —         4  

Stock-based compensation expense

     2,907       721  

Non-cash lease expense

     763       2,056  

Non-cash debt forgiveness

     (2,000     —    

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

     (8,106     —    

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     (1,180     (40

Inventory

     (175     (310

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (2,355     (5

Interest on promissory note due from related party

     —         49  

Security deposits

     —         259  

Accounts payable

     207       (379

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     223       814  

Lease liabilities

     (854     (2,129

Deferred revenue

     162       345  

Deferred rent

     —         (283
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (8,059     (1,593
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchases of property and equipment

     (3,960     (104
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (3,960     (104
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Principal payments on capital leases

     —         (18

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     595       86  

Proceeds received from exercise of preferred stock warrants

     60       —    

Tax payments related to shares withheld for vested restricted stock units

     (594     —    

Effect of Merger, net of transaction costs

     86,792       —    

Repayments of loans payable

     (3,586     (1,318

Proceeds from loans payable

     —         1,982  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     83,267       732  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash

   $ 71,248     $ (965
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of change in foreign currency exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash

     (138     69  

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of year

     8,709           9,605  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of year

   $     79,819     $ 8,709  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash and non-cash transactions:

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 85     $ 182  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issuance of Legacy Shapeways common stock upon conversion of convertible notes

   $ 5,913     $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Repurchase of Legacy Shapeways common stock

   $ (152   $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


SHAPEWAYS HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 1. Organization

On September 29, 2021 (the “Closing” or the “Closing Date”), Galileo Acquisition Corp., a Cayman Islands exempted company (“Galileo” and after the Domestication (as defined below) “Shapeways”), a publicly-traded special purpose acquisition company, consummated the transactions described in the Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization (the “Merger Agreement”) dated April 28, 2021, by and among Galileo Founders Holdings, L.P. (the “Sponsor”), Galileo Acquisition Corp., Galileo Acquisition Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Galileo (“Merger Sub”), and Shapeways, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Legacy Shapeways”), whereby Merger Sub merged with and into Legacy Shapeways, the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub ceasing and Legacy Shapeways being the surviving corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Shapeways (the “Merger”).

Further, on the Closing Date, as contemplated by the Merger Agreement, Galileo filed a notice of deregistration with the Cayman Islands Registrar of Companies, together with the necessary accompanying documents, and filed a certificate of incorporation and a certificate of corporate domestication with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, under which Galileo was domesticated and continued as a Delaware corporation (the “Domestication” and, together with the Merger, the “Business Combination”), changing its name to “Shapeways Holdings, Inc.” (the “Company” and/or “Shapeways”).

Shapeways is a leader in the large and fast-growing digital manufacturing industry combining high quality, flexible on-demand manufacturing powered by purpose-built proprietary software which enables customers to rapidly transform digital designs into physical products, globally. Shapeways makes industrial-grade additive manufacturing accessible by fully digitizing the end-to-end manufacturing process, and by providing a broad range of solutions utilizing 11 additive manufacturing technologies and approximately 100 materials and finishes, with the ability to easily scale new innovation. Shapeways has delivered over 23 million parts to 1 million customers in over 175 countries.

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) as defined by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) and in accordance with the rules and regulations of Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its majority-owned or controlled subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The Business Combination has been accounted for as a reverse recapitalization, in accordance with U.S. GAAP (the “Reverse Recapitalization”). Under this method of accounting, Galileo has been treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, the Business Combination has been treated as the equivalent of Legacy Shapeways issuing stock for the net assets of Galileo, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of Galileo are stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. There has been no accounting effect or change in the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities as a result of the Business Combination.

 

F-7


SHAPEWAYS HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Legacy Shapeways has been treated as the accounting acquirer based on evaluation of the following facts and circumstances with regard to the Company as of the Closing:

 

   

Legacy Shapeways’ directors represented the majority of the new board of directors of the Company;

 

   

The executive officers and senior management of Legacy Shapeways are the executive officers and senior management of the Company;

 

   

The assets of Legacy Shapeways represent a significant majority of the assets of the Company (excluding cash formerly held in the Galileo trust account); and

 

   

The business of the Company is the continued business of Legacy Shapeways. The business of the Company will continue to focus on Legacy Shapeways’ core offerings related to the facilitation of the sale, design and manufacturing of 3D printed items.

The consolidated assets, liabilities and results of operations prior to the Reverse Recapitalization are those of Legacy Shapeways. The shares and corresponding capital amounts and losses per share, prior to the Merger, have been retroactively adjusted based on shares reflecting the conversion ratio (as defined below) established in the Merger.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements, in conformity with U.S. GAAP, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

Functional Currency

The local currency is the functional currency for Shapeways BV’s (a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company) operations outside the United States. Assets and liabilities of these operations are translated into U.S. Dollars at the exchange rate in effect at the end of each period. Income statement accounts are translated at the average exchange rate prevailing during the period. Translation adjustments arising from the use of differing exchange rates from period to period are included as a component of other comprehensive loss within stockholders’ equity (deficit). Gains and losses from foreign currency transactions are included in net loss for the period.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

Cash includes cash on hand and demand deposits. The Company maintains its deposits at high quality financial institutions and monitors the credit ratings of those institutions. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. While cash held by financial institutions may at times exceed federally insured limits, the Company believes that no material credit or market risk exposure exists due to the high quality of the institutions. The Company has not experienced any losses on such accounts. Restricted cash represents cash required to be held as collateral for the Company’s credit cards and security deposit for its facility in the Netherlands. Accordingly, these balances contain restrictions as to their availability and usage and are classified as restricted cash in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-8


SHAPEWAYS HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

The reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash reported within the applicable consolidated balance sheet that sum to the total of the same such amount shown in the consolidated statements of cash flows is as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2021      2020  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 79,677      $ 8,564  

Restricted cash

     142        145  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 79,819      $ 8,709  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and are generally unsecured as they are uncollateralized. The Company provides an allowance for doubtful accounts to reduce receivables to their estimated net realizable value. Judgement is exercised in establishing allowances and estimates are based on the customers’ payment history and liquidity. Any amounts that were previously recognized as revenue and subsequently determined to be uncollectible are charged to bad debt expense included in selling, general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Given the nature and historical collectability of the Company’s accounts receivable, an allowance for doubtful accounts was not deemed necessary at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020.

Inventory

Inventory consists of raw materials, work in progress and finished goods at the Company’s distribution center. Raw materials are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, determined by the first-in-first-out method. Finished goods and work in progress are valued using a methodology to determine the cost of each 3D printed object using allocations for material, labor, machine time and overhead. The Company periodically reviews its inventory for slow-moving, damaged and discontinued items and provides allowances to reduce such items identified to their recoverable amounts. As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company determined an allowance was not deemed necessary.

Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense when incurred. Additions and improvements that extend the economic useful life of the asset are capitalized and depreciated over the remaining useful lives of the assets. The cost and accumulated depreciation of assets sold or retired are removed from the respective accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in current earnings. No impairment charges were recorded for the years ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. Depreciation is recognized using the straight-line method in amounts considered to be sufficient to allocate the cost of the assets to operations over the estimated useful lives or lease terms, as follows:

 

Asset Category

   Depreciable Life

Machinery and equipment

   5 years

Computers and IT equipment

   3-5 years

Furniture and fixtures

   7 years

Leasehold improvements

   **

 

**

Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life of the asset.

 

F-9


SHAPEWAYS HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Long-Lived Assets, Including Definite-Lived Intangible Assets

Intangible assets, which consist of technology, customer relationships, and trademarks, are stated at cost less accumulated amortization. Amortization is generally recorded on a straight-line basis over estimated useful lives ranging from three to eight years. The Company periodically reviews the estimated useful lives of intangible assets and adjusts when events indicate that a shorter life is appropriate. In accordance with authoritative accounting guidance, capitalization of costs to develop software begin when preliminary development efforts are successfully and completed. Costs related to the design or maintenance of internal-use software are expensed as incurred.

Long-lived assets, other than goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangibles, are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable through the estimated undiscounted future cash flows derived from such assets.

Factors that the Company considers in deciding when to perform an impairment review include significant changes in the Company’s forecasted projections for the asset or asset group for reasons including, but not limited to, significant underperformance of a product in relation to expectations, significant changes, or planned changes in the Company’s use of the assets, significant negative industry or economic trends, and new or competing products that enter the marketplace. The impairment test is based on a comparison of the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated from the use of the asset group. If impairment is indicated, the asset is written down by the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds the related fair value of the asset with the related impairment charge recognized within the statements of operations and comprehensive loss. No impairment charges were recorded for the years ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020.

Goodwill

Goodwill, which represents the excess of purchase prices over the fair value of net assets acquired, is carried at cost. Goodwill is not amortized; rather, it is subject to a periodic assessment for impairment by applying a fair value-based test. Goodwill is evaluated for impairment on an annual basis at a level of reporting referred to as the reporting unit, and more frequently if adverse events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset may be impaired.

Under ASC 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other, the Company has the option to first assess the qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform a quantitative goodwill impairment test. If the Company determines that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then the goodwill impairment test is performed. Impairment tests are performed, at a minimum, in the fourth quarter of each year. Management uses the future discounted cash flows valuation approach to determine the fair value of reporting units and determines whether the fair value of reporting units exceeded its carrying amounts. If the fair value exceeds the carrying amount, then no impairment is recognized. If the carrying amount recorded exceeds the fair value calculated, then an impairment charge is recognized for the difference. The impairment review requires management to make judgments in determining various assumptions with respect to revenues, operating margins, growth rates and discount rates. The judgments made in determining the projected cash flows used to estimate the fair value can materially impact the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. There was no impairment of goodwill as of December 31, 2021 or December 31, 2020.

Fair Value Measurements

The Company applies ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement (“ASC 820”), which establishes framework for measuring fair value and clarifies the definition of fair value within that framework. ASC 820 defines fair value

 

F-10


SHAPEWAYS HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

as an exit price, which is the price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the Company’s principal or most advantageous market in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The fair value hierarchy established in ASC 820 generally requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Observable inputs reflect the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability and are developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity. Unobservable inputs reflect the entity’s own assumptions based on market data and the entity’s judgments about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability and are to be developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.

The valuation hierarchy is composed of three levels. The classification within the valuation hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The levels within the valuation hierarchy are described below:

Level 1 - Assets and liabilities with unadjusted, quoted prices listed on active market exchanges. Inputs to the fair value measurement are observable inputs, such as quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 - Inputs to the fair value measurement are determined using prices for recently traded assets and liabilities with similar underlying terms, as well as direct or indirect observable inputs, such as interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals.

Level 3 - Inputs to the fair value measurement are unobservable inputs, such as estimates, assumptions, and valuation techniques when little or no market data exists for the assets or liabilities.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is derived from two primary sources: a) products and services and b) software.

The Company recognizes revenue following the five-step model prescribed under ASC 606: (i) identify contract(s) with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligation(s) in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligation(s) in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the Company satisfies a performance obligation. The Company only applies the five-step model to contracts when it is probable that the Company will collect the consideration it is entitled to in exchange for the products or services it transfers to the customer. These contracts have different terms based on the scope, performance obligations, and complexity of the project, which often requires us to make judgments and estimates in recognizing revenues.

Performance obligations are satisfied both at a point of time and over time. All revenue is recognized based on the satisfaction of the performance obligation to date (see Note 4).

Leases

The Company’s lease arrangements relate primarily to office and manufacturing space, and equipment. The Company’s leases generally have initial terms ranging from 5 to 10 years and may include renewal options and rent escalation clauses. The Company is typically required to make fixed minimum rent payments relating to its right to use an underlying leased asset. Additionally, the Company’s leases do not contain significantly restrictive covenants or residual value guarantees.

 

F-11


SHAPEWAYS HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception and classifies its leases at commencement. Operating leases are presented as right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and the corresponding lease liabilities are included in operating lease liabilities, current and operating lease liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The Company does not currently maintain any finance lease arrangements. ROU assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset, and lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation for lease payments in exchange for the ability to use the asset for the duration of the lease term. The Company does not recognize short term leases that have a term of twelve months or less as ROU assets or lease liabilities. The Company’s short-term leases are not material and do not have a material impact on its ROU assets or lease liabilities.

ROU assets and lease liabilities are recognized at commencement date and determined using the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the lease term. The Company uses an incremental borrowing rate based on estimated rate of interest for collateralized borrowing since the Company’s leases do not include an implicit interest rate. The estimated incremental borrowing rate considers market data, actual lease economic environment, and actual lease term at commencement date. The lease term may include options to extend when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option. ROU assets include lease payments made in advance, and excludes any incentives received or initial direct costs incurred. The Company recognizes lease expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

The Company has lease agreements which contain both lease and non-lease components, which it has elected to account for as a single lease component. As such, minimum lease payments include fixed payments for non-lease components within a lease agreement, but exclude variable lease payments not dependent on an index or rate, such as common area maintenance, operating expenses, utilities, or other costs that are subject to fluctuation from period to period.

Stock-based Compensation

The Company recognizes compensation expense for stock-based payment awards, including stock options and restricted stock units (“RSUs”) within the scope of ASC 718, Stock Compensation. Stock-based compensation expense is measured at the date of grant, based on the fair value of the award, and is recognized using the straight-line method over the employee’s requisite service period. Compensation for stock-based awards with vesting conditions other than service are recognized at the time that those conditions will be achieved. Forfeitures are recognized as they are incurred.

Public and Private Common Stock Warrant Liabilities

As part of Galileo’s initial public offering, Galileo issued to third party investors 13,800,000 units, consisting of one ordinary share of Galileo and one warrant, at a price of $10.00 per unit. Each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of Common Stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per share (the “Public Warrants”). Simultaneously with the closing of Galileo’s initial public offering, Galileo completed the private sale of 4,110,000 warrants to Galileo’s sponsor and EarlyBirdCapital, Inc. at a purchase price of $1.00 per warrant (the “Private Warrants”). In connection with the Business Combination, Galileo’s sponsor exercised its right to convert the aggregate outstanding principal amount of a convertible promissory note issued by Galileo into an aggregate of 500,000 Sponsor Warrants, with terms equivalents to the Private Warrants.

The Private Warrants are identical to the Public Warrants, except that the Private Warrants (i) are not redeemable by the Company and (ii) may be exercised for cash or on a cashless basis, so long as they are held by the initial purchaser or any of its permitted transferees. If the Private Warrants are held by holders other than the initial purchasers or any of their permitted transferees, the Private Warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by the holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants.

 

F-12


SHAPEWAYS HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

The Company evaluated the Public and Private Warrants under ASC 815-40, Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (“ASC 815-40”), and concluded that the Private Warrants do not meet the criteria to be classified in stockholders’ equity. Since the Private Warrants meet the definition of a derivative under ASC 815, the Company recorded these warrants as liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value, with subsequent changes in their respective fair values recognized in the consolidated statement of operations at each reporting date.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development expenses consist primarily of allocated personnel costs, fees paid to consultants and outside service providers, and allocations for rent and overhead. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Advance payments for goods and services that will be used in future research and development activities are expensed when the activity has been performed or when the goods have been received. For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, research and development costs were $6,281 and $5,592, respectively.

Advertising

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, advertising costs were $1,887 and $448, respectively, which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Income Taxes

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state jurisdictions. Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Where applicable, the Company records a valuation allowance to reduce any deferred tax assets that it determines will not be realizable in the future.

The Company recognizes the benefit of an uncertain tax position that it has taken or expects to take on income tax returns it files if such tax position is more likely than not to be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. These tax benefits are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate resolution. Although the Company believes that it has adequately reserved for uncertain tax positions (including interest and penalties), it can provide no assurance that the final tax outcome of these matters will not be materially different. The Company makes adjustments to these reserves in accordance with the income tax accounting guidance when facts and circumstances change, such as the closing of a tax audit or the refinement of an estimate. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will affect the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made, and could have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition and operating results. Carryforward attributes that were generated in tax years prior to those that remain open for examination may still be adjusted by relevant tax authorities upon examination if they either have been, or will be, used in a future period.

 

F-13


SHAPEWAYS HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Net Income (Loss) per Share

In accordance with the provisions of ASC 260, Earnings Per Share, net income (loss) per common share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average shares of Common Stock outstanding during the period. Basic income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. Diluted income (loss) per share gives effect to all dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period including stock options and warrants, using the treasury stock method, and convertible debt and convertible securities, using the if-converted method. During a loss period, the effect of the potential exercise of stock options and convertible debt are not considered in the diluted loss per common share calculation since the effect would be anti-dilutive.

The following outstanding shares of Common Stock equivalents were excluded from the computation of the diluted net loss per share attributable to Common Stock for the periods in which a net loss is presented because their effect would have been anti-dilutive:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2021      2020  

Common stock warrants

     18,410,000        —    

Earnout Shares

     3,510,405        —    

Unvested RSUs

     660,448        —    

Included in income (loss) per common share are 4,515,739 and 3,684,586 shares of options due to their nominal exercise prices as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Segment Information

The Company has determined that it operates and reports in one segment, which focuses on providing additive manufacturing services to customers. The Company’s operating segment is reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”). The Company’s CODM has been identified as its Chief Executive Officer.

Reclassifications

Certain balances in the prior year have been reclassified to conform to the presentation in the current year. These reclassifications include condensing line item classifications in the consolidated balance sheets, statements of operations, and statements of cash flows. These reclassifications had no effect on net loss as previously reported.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Accounting Pronouncements Recently Adopted

In January 2017, the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) No. 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which aims to simplify the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. Under the new guidance, goodwill impairment will be measured as the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value. The loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. The standard is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2021. Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted ASU 2017-04 effective January 1, 2021. The adoption of this standard did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-14


SHAPEWAYS HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes. The purpose of Update No. 2019-12 is to continue the FASB’s Simplification Initiative to reduce complexity in accounting standards. The amendments in Update No. 2019-12 simplify the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions related to the incremental approach for intraperiod tax allocation, the requirement to recognize or derecognize deferred tax liabilities related to equity method investments that are also foreign subsidiaries, and the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period. In addition to removing these exceptions, Update No. 2019-12 also clarifies and simplifies other aspects of the accounting for income taxes. The Company adopted ASU 2019-12 effective January 1, 2021. The adoption of this standard did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, Debt — Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging — Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity, which simplifies the accounting for convertible instruments by removing certain separation models in Subtopic 470-20, Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options, for convertible instruments and also increases information transparency by making disclosure amendments. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, but no earlier than fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company adopted ASU 2020-06 effective January 1, 2021. The adoption of this standard did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-15, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other – Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract, which aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software (and hosting arrangements that include an internal-use software license). The standard is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2020 and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021. Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted ASU 2018-15 effective January 1, 2021. The adoption of this standard did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Accounting for Credit Losses (Topic 326), which requires the use of an “expected loss” model on certain types of financial instruments. The standard also amends the impairment model for available-for-sale debt securities and requires estimated credit losses to be recorded as allowances instead of reductions to amortized cost of the securities. Update No. 2016-13 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the standard will have on its consolidated financial statements.

Note 3. Reverse Recapitalization

As discussed in Note 1, on September 29, 2021, Galileo closed the Business Combination with Shapeways, Inc., as a result of which Legacy Shapeways became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Galileo. While Galileo was the legal acquirer of Legacy Shapeways in the Business Combination, for accounting purposes, the Business Combination is treated as a reverse recapitalization, whereby Legacy Shapeways is deemed to be the accounting acquirer, and the historical financial statements of Legacy Shapeways became the historical financial statements of Galileo upon the closing of the Business Combination. Under this method of accounting, Galileo was treated

 

F-15


SHAPEWAYS HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

as the “acquired” company and Legacy Shapeways is treated as the acquirer for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the Business Combination was treated as the equivalent of Legacy Shapeways issuing stock for the net assets of Galileo, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of Galileo were stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded.

At the closing of the Business Combination, (1) all outstanding shares of Legacy Shapeways’ preferred stock (including shares of Legacy Shapeways’ preferred stock issuable upon conversion of Legacy Shapeways’ convertible notes outstanding as of the Closing) and Shapeways’ common stock were converted into an aggregate of 35,104,836 shares of Common Stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share, representing aggregate consideration value equal to $406,000 (the “Merger Consideration”), 3,510,405 shares of which are subject to the Earnout Terms (as defined below, and such shares, the “Earnout Shares”), (2) options to purchase Legacy Shapeways’ common stock (whether vested or unvested, exercisable or unexercisable) issued pursuant to the Legacy Shapeways 2010 Stock Plan, as amended (the “2010 Stock Plan”), and outstanding immediately prior to the Closing were assumed and converted into (a) options to purchase an aggregate of 4,901,207 shares of Common Stock under the Incentive Plan and (b) in the case of in-the-money options held by individuals who were service providers as of the Closing Date, an aggregate of 493,489 Earnout RSUs granted under the Incentive Plan, which Earn-Out RSUs are subject to the earnout vesting and forfeiture conditions described in the Merger Agreement, (3) all warrants to purchase Legacy Shapeways’ common stock and Shapeways’ preferred stock outstanding immediately prior to the Closing were exercised in full and converted into shares of Legacy Shapeways preferred stock or Legacy Shapeways common stock, as applicable, in accordance with their terms, and each such share of Legacy Shapeways preferred stock and Legacy Shapeways common stock issued upon the exercise of such warrants was converted into an aggregate of 301,750 shares of Common Stock (for the avoidance of doubt, such shares of Common Stock are included in the aggregate shares of Common Stock described in clause (1) above) and (4) any Legacy Shapeways non-plan options outstanding immediately prior to Closing were cancelled without payment in accordance with the terms described in the Merger Agreement.

At the Closing, there were 3,510,405 shares of Common Stock issued as part of the Merger Consideration (the “Stockholder Merger Consideration” and/or “Earnout Shares”) subject to vesting and forfeiture conditions (the “Earnout Terms”) based upon the volume-weighted average trading price of Common Stock reaching targets of $14.00 and $16.00, respectively (with 50% released at each target) for a period of 30 consecutive trading days during the three-year period after the Closing, with the portion of such shares that would otherwise be deliverable to Shapeways Stockholders at the Closing being withheld and deposited into escrow. A pro rata portion of the Stockholder Merger Consideration earnout has also been allocated to Legacy Shapeways options and warrants that, as of the Closing, have been exchanged for options and warrants (as applicable) exercisable for shares of Common Stock (as described below).

Legacy Shapeways options issued pursuant to Legacy Shapeways’ 2010 Stock Plan that were not exercised prior to the Closing have been assumed by the Company and converted, subject to certain adjustments that are described in the Merger Agreement, into options exercisable for shares of Common Stock and, in the case of in-the-money Legacy Shapeways options held by individuals remaining in continuous service to the Company through the Closing, a right to receive an award of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) denominated in shares of Common Stock that are subject to the Earnout Terms and to service-based vesting and forfeiture restrictions. As a result of the Closing, outstanding Legacy Shapeways Convertible Notes were converted into shares of Legacy Shapeways Preferred Stock at the election of the holders thereof, which were then converted into shares of Shapeways Common Stock prior to the Closing

Simultaneously with the execution of the Business Combination, Galileo entered into subscription agreements (collectively, the “Subscription Agreements”) pursuant to which certain investors agreed to purchase an

 

F-16


SHAPEWAYS HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

aggregate of 7,500,000 shares of Common Stock for a purchase price of $10.00 per share and $75,000,000 in the aggregate (the “PIPE Investment”). At the Closing, the Company consummated the PIPE Investment.

The following table reconciles the elements of the Business Combination to the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2021:

 

     Recapitalization  

Cash—Galileo trust and cash, net of redemption

   $ 28,115  

Cash—PIPE Investment, net of transaction costs

     75,000  

Less: transaction costs and advisory fees allocated to equity

     (16,323
  

 

 

 

Effect of Merger, net of redemption, transaction costs and advisory costs

   $ 86,792  
  

 

 

 

The following table reconciles the elements of the Business Combination to the consolidated statement of changes in stockholders’ equity (deficit) for the year ended December 31, 2021:

 

     Recapitalization  

Cash—Galileo trust and cash, net of redemption

   $ 28,115  

Non-cash net working capital assumed from Galileo

     46  

Less: fair value of Private and Sponsor Warrant liabilities

     (11,865

Less: transaction costs and advisory fees allocated to equity

     (6,260
  

 

 

 

Effect of Merger, net of redemption, transaction costs and advisory costs

   $ 10,036  
  

 

 

 

The following table details the number of shares of Common Stock issued immediately following the consummation of the Business Combination:

 

     Number of Shares  

Common stock, outstanding prior to Business Combination

     13,800,000  

Less: redemption of Galileo shares

     (11,018,352
  

 

 

 

Common stock of Galileo

     2,781,648  

Galileo founder and representative shares, net of forfeited shares

     2,910,000  

Shares issued in PIPE Investment

     7,500,000  
  

 

 

 

Merger and PIPE Investment—common stock

     13,191,648  

Legacy Shapeways shares—common stock (1)

     35,104,836  
  

 

 

 

Total shares of common stock immediately after Business Combination

     48,296,484  
  

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes 3,510,405 Earnout Shares

 

F-17


SHAPEWAYS HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Note 4. Revenue Recognition

Under ASC 606, revenue is recognized throughout the life of the executed agreement. The Company measures revenue based on consideration specified in a contract with a customer. Furthermore, the Company recognizes revenue when a performance obligation is satisfied by transferring control of the product or service to the customer which could occur over time or at a point in time.

A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct service to the customer. The transaction price of a contract is allocated to each distinct performance obligation and recognized as revenue when or as the customer receives the benefit of the performance obligation. Customers typically receive the benefit of the Company’s services as (or when) they are performed. Substantially all customer contracts provide that compensation is received for services performed to date. Taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are both imposed on and concurrent with a specific revenue-producing transaction, that are collected by us from a customer, are excluded from revenue.

Nature of Products and Services

The following is a description of the Company’s products and services from which the Company generates revenue, as well as the nature, timing of satisfaction of performance obligations, and significant payment terms for each:

Direct sales

The Company provides customers with an additive manufacturing service, allowing for the customer to select the specifications of the model which they wish to have printed. Shapeways prints the 3D model and ships the product directly to the customer.

The Company recognizes the sale of shop owner products through their e-commerce website over time using the output method. Contracts involving the sale of shop owner products through their e-commerce website do not include other performance obligations. As such, allocation of the transaction price was not necessary as the entire contract price is attributed to the sole performance obligation identified.

Marketplace sales

The Company provides a platform for shop owners to sell their products to customers through Shapeways’ marketplace website. Shapeways receives a 3.5% markup fee from the shop owner upon the sale of any products through the marketplace.

The Company handles the financial transaction, manufacturing, distribution and customer service on behalf of the shop owners. The Company is responsible for billing the customer in this arrangement and transmitting the applicable fees to the shop owner. The Company assessed whether it is responsible for providing the actual product or service as a principal, or for arranging for the product or service to be provided by the third party as an agent. Judgment is applied to determine whether the Company is the principal or the agent by evaluating whether it has control of the product or service prior to it being transferred to the customer. The principal versus agent assessment is performed at the performance obligation level. Indicators that the Company has considered include whether it has the primary responsibility for fulfilling the promise to provide the specified product or service to the customer and whether it has inventory risk prior to transferring the product or service to the customer. The Company has the responsibility to fulfill the promise to provide the specific good or service on behalf of the shop owners to the customer. In addition, the Company has inventory risk before the specific good or service is

 

F-18


SHAPEWAYS HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

transferred to a customer. As such, the Company is deemed the principal and shall recognize revenue on a gross basis for the price it charges to the shop owner for each product or service.

The Company recognizes the sale of 3D products to customers at a point in time, specifically upon shipping the goods to the customer (FOB Origin) given the transfer of significant risks and rewards of ownership at that point in time. Contracts involving the manufacturing and delivery of 3D printed products to customers do not include other performance obligations. As such, allocation of the transaction price was not necessary as the entire contract price is attributed to the sole performance obligation identified.

Software revenue

In 2020, Shapeways launched their software under the brand of “Powered by Shapeways” to a limited set of design customers to gain feedback on product market fit. The software enables other manufacturers to leverage Shapeways’ existing end-to-end manufacturing software to scale their businesses and shift to digital manufacturing. Shapeways’ software offers improved customer accessibility, increased productivity, and expanded manufacturing capabilities for its customers. Shapeways launched the first phase of this offering more broadly under the brand Otto in the fourth quarter of 2021. This phase of the software offering provides a limited ordering service for additive manufacturing capabilities fulfilled by Shapeways.

For each of the performance obligations classified as software revenue, the performance obligations are satisfied evenly over the term of the contract. For contracts including performance obligations classified as software revenue, the Company identified that each performance obligation has an explicitly stated standalone selling price. As such, allocation is not necessary as the prices included in the contract are attributed to each separate performance obligation.

The following table presents our revenues disaggregated by revenue discipline:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2021      2020  

Major products/service lines:

     

Direct sales

   $ 25,554      $ 23,656  

Marketplace sales

     7,772        7,955  

Software

     297        164  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 33,623      $ 31,775  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Timing of revenue recognition:

     

Products transferred at a point in time

   $ 7,772      $ 7,955  

Products and services transferred over time

     25,851        23,820  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 33,623      $ 31,775  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-19


SHAPEWAYS HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Deferred Revenue

The Company records deferred revenue when cash payments are received in advance of performance. Deferred revenue activity consisted of the following for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2021      2020  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 753      $ 425  

Deferred revenue recognized during period

     (33,623      (31,823

Additions to deferred revenue during period

     33,791        32,151  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 921      $ 753  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company expects to satisfy its remaining performance obligations within the next twelve months. The $753 of deferred revenue as of January 1, 2021 was recognized during the year ended December 31, 2021. The opening balance of accounts receivable as of January 1, 2020 was $151.

Practical Expedients and Exemptions

The company applies the practical expedient related to incremental costs of obtaining a contract. Although certain of its commission costs qualify for capitalization under ASC 340-40, Contracts with customers, their amortization period is less than one year. Therefore, utilizing the practical expedient, the Company expenses these costs as incurred.

Note 5. Inventory

Components of inventory consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2021      2020  

Raw materials

   $ 735      $ 521  

Work-in-process

     28        36  

Finished goods

     164        170  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 927      $ 727  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 6. Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2021      2020  

Prepaid expenses

   $ 1,076      $ 609  

Prepaid insurance

     2,338        37  

Security deposits

     —          259  

VAT receivable

     945        975  

Other current assets

     1        30  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,360      $ 1,910  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-20


SHAPEWAYS HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Note 7. Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2021      2020  

Machinery and equipment

   $ 9,438      $ 5,659  

Computers and IT equipment

     957        964  

Furniture and fixtures

     49        50  

Leasehold improvements

     2,482        2,520  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     12,926        9,193  

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     (8,538      (8,245
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 4,388      $ 948  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, depreciation expense totaled $593 and $473, respectively. Of these amounts, depreciation charged to cost of revenue was $460 and $324 for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Note 8. Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities

Accrued expenses consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2021      2020  

Accrued selling expenses

   $ 522      $ 947  

Accrued compensation

     814        876  

Interest payable

     —          612  

Taxes payable

     328        477  

Shapeways credits

     287        313  

Other

     694        94  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,645      $ 3,319  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 9. Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company maintained three leases of facilities located in the United States and the Netherlands, as well as one lease of office equipment, under operating leases. The Company maintained one additional lease of equipment under a finance lease arrangement which expired during the year ended December 31, 2020. Additionally, the Company terminated one lease of office space during the year ended December 31, 2021.

 

F-21


SHAPEWAYS HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

The table below presents certain information related to the Company’s lease costs:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2021      2020  

Operating lease expense

   $ 839      $ 2,217  

Finance lease expense

     —          16  

Interest expense on finance lease liabilities

     —          1  

Short-term lease expense

     —          14  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total lease cost

   $ 839      $ 2,248  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Right of use assets and lease liabilities for operating leases were recorded in the consolidated balance sheets as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2021      2020  

Assets:

     

Right-of-use assets, net

   $ 842      $ 2,102  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total lease assets

   $ 842      $ 2,102  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

     

Current liabilities:

     

Operating lease liabilities, current

   $ 639      $ 1,222  

Non-current liabilities:

     

Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion

     326      $ 1,094  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total lease liability

   $ 965      $ 2,316  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s lease agreements do not state an implicit borrowing rate; therefore, an internal incremental borrowing rate was determined based on information available at the lease commencement date for the purposes of determining the present value of lease payments. The incremental borrowing rate reflects the cost to borrow on a securitized basis in each market. The weighted-average remaining lease term for operating leases was 1.83 years and the weighted-average incremental borrowing rate was 5.33% as of December 31, 2021.

Supplemental cash flow information related to the Company’s leases was as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2021      2020  

Operating cash flows from operating leases

   $ 928      $ 2,346  

Operating cash flows from finance leases

     —          1  

Financing cash flows from finance leases

     —          18  

Lease liabilities arising from obtaining right-of-use assets

     —          4,445  

 

F-22


SHAPEWAYS HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

As of December 31, 2021, future minimum lease payments required under operating leases are as follows:

 

2022

   $ 675  

2023

     210  

2024

     129  

2025

     1  
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

     1,015  

Less effects of discounting

     (50
  

 

 

 

Present value of future minimum lease payments

   $ 965  
  

 

 

 

Desktop Metal

On March 26, 2021, the Company entered into a non-binding Memorandum of Understanding (“MOU”) with Desktop Metal, pursuant to which Desktop Metal agreed to invest $20.0 million in the PIPE Investment. Upon consummation of this investment, the Company became obligated to purchase $20.0 million of equipment, materials and services from Desktop Metal. In conjunction with these obligations, the Company and Desktop Metal agreed to develop a strategic partnership. As of December 31, 2021, the Company paid $4.5 million to Desktop Metal for equipment, materials and services received, and placed purchase orders for another $15.5 million of equipment, materials and services.

Legal Proceedings

The Company is involved in various legal proceedings which arise from time to time in the normal course of business. While the results of such matters generally cannot be predicted with certainty, management does not expect any such matters to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Note 10. Borrowing Arrangements

The Company’s outstanding debt obligations consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2021      2020  

Dutch Landlord Loan

   $ —        $ 163  

Term Loan

     —          3,423  

Convertible Promissory Notes

     —          5,000  

PPP Loan

     —          1,982  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     —          10,568  

Less: current portion

     —          (8,332
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt

   $ —        $ 2,236  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Dutch Landlord Loan

On May 12, 2014, the Company entered into a loan agreement with its landlord at the Eindhoven factory (the “Dutch Landlord Loan”) to advance €242 to finance leasehold improvements. The Dutch Landlord Loan is unsecured and required interest-only payments until September 30, 2016, followed by monthly payments of

 

F-23


SHAPEWAYS HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

principal and interest. Interest accrues at 8.50% per annum through the maturity date on September 30, 2024. The Dutch Landlord Loan was repaid in full during the year ended December 31, 2021.

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, interest expense totaled $17 and $19, respectively.

Term Loan

On October 29, 2018, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement (the “Term Loan”) for the principal sum of $5,000 with a maturity date of October 29, 2022. The Term Loan required interest-only payments until October 29, 2019, followed by monthly payments of principal and interest. Interest was payable at a rate equal to the prime rate, plus 0.25% per annum. As of December 31, 2020, the interest rate was 3.50%. In connection with the Term Loan, the bank was due a $75 fee in the event of a liquidity event valuing the Company above a certain threshold. At the Closing of the Business Combination, the Company repaid and terminated the Term Loan in full.

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, interest expense related to the Term Loan totaled $60 and $162, respectively.

Convertible Promissory Notes

On June 19, 2019, the Company entered into note purchase agreements (the “Convertible Promissory Notes”) with certain stockholders of Legacy Shapeways for the aggregate principal sum of $5,000. The Convertible Promissory Notes bore interest at a rate of 8% per annum with all principal and interest due on or before the earlier of (i) December 19, 2020; and (ii) the closing of a Qualified Equity Financing, as defined below. The Convertible Promissory Notes are automatically converted into conversion shares upon the closing of a Qualified Equity Financing. Qualified Equity Financing is defined as the next sale by the Company of preferred stock following the date of the Convertible Promissory Notes on or prior to the maturity date with the principal purpose of raising capital. In the event there is a non-Qualified Equity Financing, the outstanding principal and unpaid accrued interest of each note may be converted, at the written election of the holders of the Convertible Promissory Notes, into conversion shares. Non-Qualified Equity Financing shall mean the next sale by the Company of its equity following the date of the Convertible Promissory Notes on or prior to the maturity date with the principal purpose of raising capital which is not a Qualified Equity Financing. If the next equity financing or a corporate transaction has not occurred on or before the maturity date of the Convertible Promissory Notes, the principal and unpaid accrued interest of each outstanding note may be converted, at the written election of each holder of the Convertible Promissory Notes, into conversion shares on the date of such written election. The number of conversion shares to be issued upon conversion shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the outstanding principal and unpaid accrued interest due on a Convertible Promissory Note to be converted on the date of the conversion by (ii) the Conversion Price. The conversion price is defined as the Discounted Conversion Price, which is 70% of the next equity price per share. The Convertible Promissory Notes are subordinated in right of payment to all indebtedness of the Company arising under the Term Loan. At inception, the terms of the notes gave rise to a contingent beneficial conversion feature.

On December 14, 2020, the Company executed an amendment to the Convertible Promissory Notes that extended the maturity date to August 10, 2021. All other relevant terms and conditions of the Convertible Promissory Notes remained binding.

Immediately prior to the completion of the Business Combination, the Convertible Promissory Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $5,000 were converted into 1,434,391 shares of common stock of Legacy

 

F-24


SHAPEWAYS HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Shapeways (1,189,558 shares of Common Stock post Business Combination), and the related unpaid and accrued interest totaling $913 were converted into 261,884 shares of common stock of Legacy Shapeways (217,183 shares of Common Stock post Business Combination).

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, interest expense related to the Convertible Promissory Notes totaled $309 and $400, respectively.

Paycheck Protection Program Loan

On May 4, 2020, the Company received an unsecured loan of $1,982 under the Paycheck Protection Program (the “PPP Loan” or “PPP”). The PPP was established under the recently enacted CARES Act and is administered by the U.S. Small Business Administration. On May 4, 2020, the Company entered into a promissory note with Pacific Western Bank evidencing the unsecured PPP Loan.

The PPP Loan had a maturity date of May 4, 2022 and accrued interest at an annual rate of 1.00%. Interest expense totaled $18 for the year ended December 31, 2021. There was no interest expense incurred for the year ended December 31, 2020.

The CARES Act and the PPP provide a mechanism for forgiveness of up to the full amount borrowed. Under the PPP, the Company applied for and was granted forgiveness for all of the PPP Loan.

As of December 31, 2021, the full principal and interest amount of $2,000 of the PPP Loan was forgiven and recorded in other income on the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. The Company is evaluating whether to repay the loan. If repaid, the Company will reverse the previously recognized gain on debt forgiveness.

Note 11. Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

The consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity (deficit) reflects the Business Combination as defined in Note 1 as of September 29, 2021. As Legacy Shapeways was deemed the accounting acquirer in the Business Combination with Galileo, all periods prior to the consummation date reflect the balances and activity of Legacy Shapeways. The balances as of January 1, 2021 and 2020 from the consolidated financial statements of Legacy Shapeways as of that date, share activity (convertible preferred stock, common stock, additional paid in capital, accumulated deficit, and accumulated other comprehensive loss) and per share amounts were retroactively adjusted, where applicable, using the recapitalization conversion ratio of 0.8293 (the “Conversion Ratio”).

Common Stock

Upon closing of the Business Combination, pursuant to the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Company authorized 120,000,000 shares of Common Stock with a par value $0.0001. The holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to the stockholders for their vote or approval and are entitled to receive dividends, as and if declared by the Board out of legally available funds.

The Company has issued and outstanding 48,627,739 and 32,184,263 shares of Common Stock as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

 

F-25


SHAPEWAYS HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Legacy Shapeways Common Stock Warrants

On December 18, 2013, in connection with executing a loan agreement, the Company issued warrants to purchase 40,000 shares of Legacy Shapeways common stock. The warrants had an exercise price of $1.25 per share and had an expiration date of December 18, 2023.

On February 3, 2014, in connection with executing a lease agreement, the Company issued warrants to purchase 248,000 shares of Legacy Shapeways common stock. The warrants had an exercise price of $1.25 per share and expired upon the latest to occur i) seven years from the original issuance date or ii) five years from the effective date of an initial public offering.

On April 22, 2015, in connection to an amended loan agreement, the Company issued warrants to purchase 13,750 shares of Legacy Shapeways common stock. The warrants had an exercise price of $1.70 per share and had an expiration date of April 22, 2025.

Immediately prior to the completion of the Business Combination, all outstanding Legacy Shapeways common stock warrants were exercised into an aggregate of 255,917 shares of Legacy Shapeways common stock (212,234 shares of Common Stock post Business Combination).

Legacy Shapeways Convertible Preferred Stock

Immediately prior to the completion of the Business Combination, all outstanding shares of the Legacy Shapeways Series A-1, Series A-2, Series B, Series B-1, Series C, Series D, and Series E preferred stock converted into an aggregate of 22,579,695 shares of common stock. Each share of Legacy Shapeways convertible preferred stock was converted into one share of Legacy Shapeways common stock.

Legacy Shapeways Preferred Stock Warrants

On March 8, 2013, the Company issued warrants to purchase a total of 23,125 shares of Series B-1 preferred stock of Legacy Shapeways. The warrants had an exercise price of $2.5946 per share and were exercisable for ten years from the date of grant. On May 10, 2021, the 23,125 warrants were exercised for 23,125 shares of Series B-1 preferred stock of Legacy Shapeways at an exercise price of $2.5946 per share.

On June 30, 2017, in connection with executing a loan agreement, the Company issued warrants to purchase a total of 57,051 shares of Series D preferred stock of Legacy Shapeways. The warrants had an exercise price of $5.2584 per share and were exercisable for ten years from the date of grant. Immediately prior to the completion of the Business Combination, the 57,051 warrants were exercised for 107,580 shares of Legacy Shapeways common stock.

Public Warrants

Prior to the Merger, the Company had outstanding 13,800,000 Public Warrants. Each Public Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of Common Stock of the Company at an exercise price of $11.50 per share. The Public Warrants become exercisable 30 days after the Closing Date, and expire five years after the Closing Date or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

The Company may redeem the Public Warrants as follows: in whole and not in part; at a price of $0.01 per warrant; at any time while the Public Warrants are exercisable, upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each Public Warrant holder; if, and only if, the reported last sale price of the Company’s ordinary

 

F-26


SHAPEWAYS HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per share, for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third business day prior to the notice of redemption to the warrant holders; and if, and only if, there is a current registration statement in effect with respect to the ordinary shares underlying such warrants at the time of redemption and for the entire 30-day trading period referred to above and continuing each day thereafter until the date of redemption. Certain of these conditions have not been met to redeem the Public Warrants. If the Company calls the Public Warrants for redemption, management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise the Public Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis,” as described in the warrant agreement.

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were 15,295,612 and 13,800,000 Public Warrants outstanding, respectively.

Note 12. Stock-Based Compensation

2010 Stock Plan

Prior to the Business Combination, Legacy Shapeways maintained its 2010 Stock Plan (the “2010 Plan”), under which Legacy Shapeways granted statutory and non-statutory stock to employees, outside directors and consultants. The maximum number of shares of common stock that was issuable under the 2010 Plan was 16,942,546 shares.

In connection with the Business Combination, each Legacy Shapeways stock option that was outstanding immediately prior to Closing, whether vested or unvested, was converted into an option to acquire a number of shares of common stock (each such option, an “Exchanged Option”) equal to the product (rounded down to the nearest whole number) of (i) the number of shares of Legacy Shapeways common stock subject to such Legacy Shapeways option immediately prior to the Business Combination and (ii) 90% of the Conversion Ratio, at an exercise price per share (rounded up to the nearest whole cent) equal to (A) the exercise price per share of such Legacy Shapeways option immediately prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, divided by (B) 90% of the Conversion Ratio. Except as specifically provided in the Business Combination Agreement, following the Business Combination, each Exchanged Option will continue to be governed by the same terms and conditions (including vesting and exercisability terms) as were applicable to the corresponding former Legacy Shapeways option immediately prior to the consummation of the Business Combination. All stock option activity was retroactively restated to reflect the Exchanged Options.

In addition, as discussed in Note 3, each holder of an in-the-money Legacy Shapeways option held by individuals remaining in continuous service to the Company through the Closing, was granted a right to receive Earn-Out RSUs equal to the product of (A) the number of shares of Legacy Shapeways common stock that were subject to the option immediately prior to Closing, multiplied by (B) ten percent (10%) of the Conversion Ratio (rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares). The Earn-Out RSUs are subject to substantially the same service-based vesting conditions and acceleration provisions as applied to the Legacy Shapeways option provided that, in addition to such service-based vesting conditions, Earn-Out RSUs will be subject to vesting and forfeiture conditions based upon the dollar volume-weighted price of the Company’s Common Stock reaching certain targets (the “RSU Performance Milestones”). The Company records stock compensation expense for Earn-Out RSUs based upon an assessment of the grant date fair value using the Monte Carlo model. The assumptions used to estimate the fair value of Earn-Out RSUs granted during the year ended December 31, 2021 were as follows:

 

Weighted average grant date fair value

   $ 1.14  

Expected term (in years)

     3.00  

Expected volatility

     67.00

Risk-free interest rate

     0.93

Dividend yield

     —    

 

F-27


SHAPEWAYS HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

If the service of the holder of an Earn-Out RSU terminates before the RSU Performance Milestones have been satisfied, then the portion of the Earn-Out RSUs for which the service-based vesting conditions has been satisfied (taking into account any acceleration provisions) shall remain outstanding and eligible to vest upon achievement of the applicable RSU Performance Milestone. Any Earn-Out RSUs for which the service-based vested conditions have not been satisfied as of such termination of service (taking into account any acceleration provisions) shall be forfeited and cancelled without payment. If any RSU Performance Milestone fails to be satisfied by the end of the Earnout Period, then the Earn-Out RSUs corresponding to such RSU Performance Milestone shall be forfeited and cancelled without payment as of the end of the Earnout Period.

Upon the Closing of the Business Combination, the outstanding and unexercised Legacy Shapeways options became options to purchase an aggregate of 4,901,207 shares of the Company’s Common Stock under the 2010 Plan at an average exercise price of $0.62 per share.

2021 Equity Incentive Plan

Upon the closing of the Business Combination, the Company adopted the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2021 Plan”). The 2021 Plan permits the granting of incentive stock options, restricted stock awards, other share-based awards or other cash-based awards to employees, consultants, and non-employee directors. As of December 31, 2021, 7,621,401 shares of Common Stock are authorized for issuance pursuant to awards under the 2021 Plan. As of December 31, 2021, 1,070,812 shares have been awarded and 6,550,589 shares remain available for issuance under the 2021 Plan.

Option Awards

The Company accounts for share-based payments pursuant to ASC 718, Stock Compensation and, accordingly, the Company records stock compensation expense for share-based awards based upon an assessment of the grant date fair value for stock options using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Company is a public company and lacks company-specific historical and implied volatility information. Therefore, it estimates its expected stock volatility based on the historical volatility of a publicly traded set of peer companies. Due to the lack of historical exercise history, the expected term of the Company’s stock options for employees has been determined utilizing the “simplified” method for awards. The risk-free interest rate is determined by reference to the U.S. Treasury yield curve. Expected dividend yield is zero based on the fact that the Company has never paid cash dividends and does not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

The fair value of stock options under the Black-Scholes model requires management to make assumptions regarding projected employee stock option exercise behaviors, risk-free interest rates, volatility of the Company’s stock price and expected dividends. The Company generally recognizes stock compensation expense on the grant date and over the period of vesting or period that services will be provided. The assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock options granted during the periods presented were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2021     2020  

Strike price

   $ 0.17     $ 0.18  

Expected term (in years)

     5.55 - 6.05       5.00 - 6.04  

Expected volatility

     57.09% - 57.81     49.13% - 53.50

Risk-free interest rate

     0.50% - 0.57     0.37% - 1.46

Dividend yield

     —          —     

 

F-28


SHAPEWAYS HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s stock option plan and the activity:

 

     Shares
Underlying
Options
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(in years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2021 (as previously reported)

     8,247,340      $ 0.44        6.72      $ —    

Retroactive application of reverse recapitalization

     (1,967,440      —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding as of January 1, 2021, effect of Merger

     6,279,900      $ 0.58        6.64      $ —    

Granted

     29,420        0.36        9.07        —    

Forfeited

     (203,970      0.44        —          —    

Exercised

     (1,298,963      0.45        —        $ 9,450  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2021

     4,806,387      $ 0.63        6.57      $ 14,438  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2021

     4,515,739      $ 0.64        6.48      $ 13,504  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The aggregate intrinsic value in the above table is calculated as the difference between fair value of the Company’s Common Stock price and the exercise price of the stock options. The weighted-average grant-date fair value per stock option granted during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $0.17 and $0.18, respectively. The Company recorded stock compensation expense related to option awards of $1,297 and $721, respectively, which is included in selling, general and administrative expense for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. As of December 31, 2021, approximately $64 of unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested option awards is expected to be recognized over the weighted average period of 1.76 years.

Restricted Stock Units

The following table summarizes the Company’s restricted stock unit activity:

 

     Restricted Stock
Units
     Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value per Share
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2021

     —        $ —    

Granted

     1,070,812        2.58  

Forfeited

     (364      1.06  

Vested

     (410,000      3.80  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2021

     660,448      $ 3.80  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2021

     —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The total fair value of restricted stock unit awards vested during the year ended December 31, 2021 was $1,610.

Total unrecognized compensation expense related to outstanding restricted stock unit awards was approximately $684 as of December 31, 2021 and is expected to be recognized over the weighted average period of 2.76 years.

 

F-29


SHAPEWAYS HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Upon the closing of the Business Combination, the Company adopted the 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”). The purpose of the ESPP is to provide eligible employees with an opportunity to increase their proprietary interest in the success of the Company by purchasing Common Stock from the Company on favorable terms and to pay for such purchases through payroll deductions or other approved contributions. As of December 31, 2021, 895,721 shares of Common Stock are available for purchase under the ESPP. As of December 31, 2021, no shares have been purchased under the ESPP.

Note 13. Fair Value Measurements

Fair value measurements discussed herein are based upon certain market assumptions and pertinent information available to management as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. The carrying amounts of accounts receivable, inventory, prepaid expenses and other current assets, accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities, and deferred revenue approximated fair value as they are short term in nature. The fair value of warrants issued for settlement and services are estimated based on the Black-Scholes model. The carrying value of the Company’s debt and operating lease liabilities approximated its fair value, as the obligation bears interest at rates currently available for debt with similar maturities and collateral requirements.

Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The Company follows the guidance in ASC 820 for its financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at each reporting period, and non-financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at least annually. The estimated fair value of the warrant liabilities represents Level 3 measurements. The following table presents information about the Company’s liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation inputs the Company utilized to determine such fair value:

 

Description

   Level      December 31, 2021      December 31, 2020  

Liabilities:

        

Warrant liabilities

     3      $ 2,274      $ —    

Warrant Liabilities

Prior to the Business Combination, the Company had outstanding 4,110,000 warrants (the “Private Warrants”) that were issued upon the consummation of the initial public offering of Galileo. Additionally, at the Closing, Galileo’s sponsor converted a convertible note issued by the Company with an aggregate principal amount of $500 into 500,000 warrants (the “Sponsor Warrants”) exercisable for Common Stock at a purchase price of $1.00 per warrant.

The Private Warrants and Sponsor Warrants are identical to the Public Warrants except that the Private and Sponsor Warrants (i) are not redeemable by the Company and (ii) may be exercised for cash or on a cashless basis, so long as they are held by the initial purchaser or any of its permitted transferees. If the Private Warrants or Sponsor Warrants are held by someone other than the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees, the Private Warrants or Sponsor Warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants. Upon the transfer of a Private Warrant to a party other than the initial purchaser or any of its permitted transferees, the Private Warrants or Sponsor Warrants become Public Warrants and the fair market value of the Private Warrants at the date of transfer is reclassified to equity.

 

F-30


SHAPEWAYS HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

The Private Warrants and Sponsor Warrants are not indexed to the Company’s common shares in the manner contemplated by ASC 815-40-15 because the holder of the instrument is not an input into the pricing of a fixed-for-fixed option on equity shares. The Company classifies the Private Warrants and Sponsor Warrants as derivative liabilities in its consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2021.

The Company utilizes a Binomial Lattice model approach to value the Private Warrants and Sponsor Warrants at each reporting period with changes in fair value recognized in the statement of operations. The estimated fair value of the warrant liabilities is determined using Level 3 inputs. Inherent in a binomial options pricing model are assumptions related to expected share-price volatility, expected life, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield. The Company estimates the volatility of its Common Stock based on historical volatility that matches the expected remaining life of the warrants. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury zero-coupon yield curve on the grant date for a maturity similar to the expected remaining life of the warrants. The expected life of the warrants is assumed to be equivalent to their remaining contractual term. The dividend rate is based on the historical rate, which the Company anticipates to remain at zero.

The significant unobservable inputs used in the Binomial Lattice Model to measure the warrant liabilities that are categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2021     At Closing
(September
29, 2021)
 

Stock price on valuation date

   $ 3.71     $ 8.54  

Exercise price per share

   $ 11.50     $ 11.50  

Expected life

     4.75 years       5 years  

Volatility

     56.4     43.9

Risk-free rate

     1.2     1.0

Dividend yield

     —       —  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value per warrant

   $ 0.73     $ 2.57  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table provides a summary of changes in fair value of the Company’s Level 3 financial instruments that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

     Warrant
Liabilities
 

Balance at December 31, 2020

   $ —    

Additions pursuant to Merger

     11,865  

Transfer of Private Warrants to Public Warrants

     (1,485

Change in fair value

     (8,106
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2021

   $ 2,274  
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2021, 3,114,388 Private Warrants remain outstanding.

Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis

The fair value of the Earnout Shares has been estimated using the trading price of the Company’s Common Stock at Closing ($7.70), discounted based on the probability of the Earnout Terms being met as determined at Closing, and thus represents a Level 2 fair value measurement as defined in ASC 820. The Earnout Shares, if achieved,

 

F-31


SHAPEWAYS HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

would be issued to Legacy Shapeways shareholders. The Earnout Shares are a fixed number of shares to be issued to such shareholders on a pro rata basis. The fair value of the Earnout Shares was recognized as a deemed dividend. Upon closing of the Merger, the estimated fair value of the Earnout Shares was $18,132 with such amount recognized as a deemed dividend. As the Company is in an accumulated deficit position as of the measurement date, the resulting deemed dividend is recorded as a reduction of additional paid-in capital with a corresponding offset recorded to additional paid-in capital. As of December 31, 2021, there are 3,510,405 Earnout Shares unvested and remaining subject to the Earnout Terms.

Note 14. Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes consists of the following:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2021      2020  

Income tax provision:

     

Non-US

   $ (71    $ (29

Federal

     —          —    

State

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $ (71    $ (29
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

A reconciliation of the income tax expense calculated using the applicable federal statutory rate to the Company’s actual income tax expense is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2021     2020  

Federal statutory income tax rate

     21.00     21.00

State and local income taxes, net of federal benefit

     (9.65 )%      1.74

Nondeductible expenses

     0.53     (0.85 )% 

Loan forgiveness

     (11.53 )%      —  

Warrant liabilities

     (55.32 )%      —  

Stock-based compensation

     (25.33 )%      (4.27 )% 

Change in state tax rates

     6.07     (5.38 )% 

Change in valuation allowance

     73.68     (12.34 )% 

True-up adjustments

     (1.67 )%      2.16

Foreign rate differential

     0.28     (1.17 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (1.95 )%      0.89
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-32


SHAPEWAYS HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Deferred income taxes are recognized for the future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities. The tax effect of temporary differences that give rise to a significant portion of the deferred tax assets and tax liabilities are as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2021      2020  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Accrued expense

   $ 64      $ 46  

Sec. 263(a)

     17        17  

Stock-based compensation

     477        131  

ASC 842—Right of use lease liability

     29        51  

Fixed assets

     194        168  

Net operating losses

     24,291        21,965  

Tax credits

     893        893  

Other

     6        19  

Less: valuation allowance

     (25,971      (23,290
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

   $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets increased by $2,681 to $25,971 in 2021. In determining the carrying value of our deferred tax assets, the Company evaluated all available evidence that led to a conclusion that based upon the more-likely-than-not standard of the accounting literature, these deferred tax assets were unrecoverable. The valuation allowance has no impact on the Company’s net operating loss (“NOL”) position for tax purposes, and if the Company generates taxable income in future periods, it will be able to use the NOLs to offset taxes due at that time.

As of December 31, 2021, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of $101,309, $71,122 of which, if not utilized, expire by 2038. Federal net operating loss carryforwards totaling $30,187 can be carried forward indefinitely. In addition, the Company has state net operating loss carryforwards of $104,880, with varying expiration dates as determined by each state; some of which may be indefinite lived. Internal Revenue Code of 1986 Section 382 (“Section 382”) and Section 383 provide an annual limitation with respect to the ability of a corporation to utilize its tax attributes, as well as certain built-in losses, against future U.S. taxable income in the event of a change of ownership. These carryforwards are not subject to limitation by Section 382 and are all expected to be available to offset future U.S. taxable income.

Utilization of U.S. net operating losses may be limited by “ownership change” rules, as defined in Section 382 of the Code. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. The Company has not conducted a study to-date to assess whether a limitation would apply under Section 382 of the Code and when it starts utilizing its net operating losses. The Company will continue to monitor activities in the future. In the event the Company previously experienced an ownership change, or should experience an ownership change in the future, the amount of net operating losses carryovers available in any taxable year could be limited and may expire unutilized. Any limitation that may arise or be determined in the future would not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements due to the full valuation allowance recorded against the related deferred tax assets.

Note 15. Significant Concentrations

One customer accounted for approximately 23% and 21% of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. No other customers represented more than 10% of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

 

F-33


SHAPEWAYS HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

One vendor accounted for approximately 11% of purchases for the year ended December 31, 2021. No other vendors represented more than 10% of purchases for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

As of December 31, 2021, two customers accounted for approximately 32% and 25% of accounts receivable. As of December 31, 2020, two customers accounted for approximately 32% and 10% of accounts receivable. No other customers represented more than 10% of outstanding accounts receivable as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020.

As of December 31, 2021, two vendors accounted for approximately 18% and 11% of accounts payable. As of December 31, 2020, five vendors accounted for approximately 18%, 15%, 15%, 11% and 10% of accounts payable. No other vendors represented more than 10% of outstanding accounts payable as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020.

Note 16. Related Party Transactions

During 2012, the Company signed a $175 promissory note (the “Related Party Note”) with an officer of the Company, bearing interest equal to the greater of (a) 0.88% per annum or (b) the mid-term Applicable Federal Rate under Section 1274(d) of the Internal Revenue Code in effect during the time the note is outstanding. The average interest rates for the year ended December 31, 2020 was 0.78%. On May 12, 2020, the Related Party Note was amended to extend the maturity date such that the remainder of the principal and accrued interest be due and payable on August 10, 2021. The Related Party Note was secured by the assets of the borrower. Immediately prior to the completion of the Business Combination, the Company entered into a stock repurchase agreement with the holder of the Related Party Note to which the Company repurchased 19,226 shares of Common Stock held by the holder in exchange for settlement of the Related Party Note.

Note 17. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated all known subsequent events through March 31, 2022, which is the date these consolidated financial statements were issued, and has determined that no subsequent events have occurred requiring recognition or disclosure in these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-34